Martyrs and Archangels: Coptic Literary Texts from the Pierpont Morgan Library 3161569946, 9783161569944, 9783161569951

Citation preview

Studien und Texte zu Antike und Christentum Studies and Texts in Antiquity and Christianity Herausgeber/Editors Christoph Markschies (Berlin) · Martin Wallraff (München) Christian Wildberg (Princeton) Beirat/Advisory Board Peter Brown (Princeton) · Susanna Elm (Berkeley) Johannes Hahn (Münster) · Emanuela Prinzivalli (Rom) Jörg Rüpke (Erfurt)

116

Martyrs and Archangels Coptic Literary Texts from the Pierpont Morgan Library Edited by

Matthias Müller and Sami Uljas

Mohr Siebeck

Matthias Müller, born 1971; 2003 graduated from Göttingen; since 2004 researcher at the Department Altertumswissenschaften at the University of Basel. Sami Uljas, born 1974; 2005 PhD in Egyptology from the University of Liverpool; currently Senior Lecturer in Egyptology at the University of Uppsala, Sweden.

ISBN 978-3-16-156994-4 / eISBN 978-3-16-156995-1 DOI 10.1628 / 978-3-16-156995-1 ISSN 1436-3003 / eISSN 2568-7433 (Studien und Texte zu Antike und Christentum) The Deutsche Nationalbibliothek lists this publication in the Deutsche Nationalbibliographie; detailed bibliographic data are available on the Internet at http://dnb.dnb.de.

© 2019 Mohr Siebeck Tübingen, Germany. www.mohrsiebeck.com This book may not be reproduced, in whole or in part, in any form (beyond that permitted by copyright law) without the publisher’s written permission. This applies particularly to reproductions, translations and storage and processing in electronic systems. The book was printed on non-aging paper by Laupp & Göbel in Gomaringen and bound by Nädele in Nehren. Printed in Germany.

This book is dedicated to Werner Widmer/Zürich (1940–2014) & Hartmut Raguse/Basel

Preface The volume at hand contains a publication of the following three hitherto unedited Coptic literary works preserved on manuscripts currently in the collections of the Pierpont Morgan Library in New York:

I. The Martyrdom of St Phoibamon of Preht, Pierpont Morgan Codex M582 ff.1R–20V

II. The Martyrdom of SS Theodore the Anatolian, Leontius the Arab, and III.

Panigerus the Persian, Pierpont Morgan Codex M583, ff. 59R–75R Archelaos of Neapolis: On Archangel Gabriel, Pierpont Morgan Codex M583, ff. 1R–16R

All three texts derive from the so-called Hamuli find, which arguably represents the most important single discovery of Coptic literary manuscripts ever made. The story behind the find and its contents has been often told,1 and it suffices here to give merely the briefest of summaries. In the spring of 1910, a group of Egyptian farmers chanced upon a cache of Coptic manuscripts reportedly buried in a stone container close to the ruins of the Monastery of St Michael near the modern village of al-Hamuli in the western Fayyum area. The founders, quick to realise the value of their discovery, divided the manuscripts among themselves and subsequently sold them to several dealers in Cairo. Fortunately, the find was brought to the attention of Mssrs Émile Chassinat and Henri Hyvernat, both eminent coptologists, who, impervious to the difficulties involved, managed to re-unite the material. Following various arrangements, the codices were soon thereafter offered for sale to John Pierpont Morgan (1837–1913), the famed American financier, philanthropist, and collector of antiquities. The deal was approved of, and in December 1911 Mr Morgan’s agent secured the purchase in Paris of the entire find consisting of over eighty items, among them the codices that were later to be assigned 1

See Hyvernat, in JBL 31; Depuydt, Cat., lviii–lxix.

VIII

Preface

the sigla M582, M583, and M607. The manuscripts were to travel widely between Paris, London, Rome, and New York, before they finally reached their current home at the Pierpont Morgan Library by 1929 after undergoing restoration work in The Vatican. The editions in this volume aim at presenting as thorough an account of the texts as possible.2 They are based on very high-quality images of the original manuscript leaves taken in 2012. During their stay at Rome in the 1910s and 1920s, the Hamuli codices were photographed, and under the direction of Henri Hyvernat, twelve sets of facsimiles consisting of 56 plate volumes and one index volume were prepared and donated to different institutions in Europe and Cairo.3 These volumes, now also freely accessible online,4 and the images therein continue to form the most important recourse for researchers and editors of the Hamuli material. However, when the work on the present edition was initiated in early 2012, it soon transpired that Hyvernat’s old images were, in spite of their often excellent quality, not always sufficiently clear in the case of M582 and M583. Consequently, the present editors contacted Pierpont Morgan Library, and in connection with acquiring the permission to edit these and a number of other Coptic texts in the collection, asked the library authorities to prepare a new set of images for the purpose. These provided a solid and accurate basis for carrying out the work without actually having direct access to the original manuscripts. Each text here is treated in its own, self-standing part of the book that consist of an introductory chapter followed by a transcript of the Coptic text, a translation thereof, a set of indices, and a possible appendix. The introductory section discusses the textual tradition and transmission of the work in question, its historical and geographical aspects, and main protagonist(s). This is followed by an outline of the narrative or contents of the text and a technical description of the manuscript edited, including its grammatical and orthographic characteristics. The transcripts of the Coptic texts are presented in a diplomatic edition corresponding as closely as possible to the original. Although unusuFor additional information on the edition work described here, see Uljas, in Coptic Society, Literature & Religion II. 3 See Hyvernat, Codices in general and vol. 41, pls. 1–32 (text III) 117–149 (text II), and vol. 46, pls. 3–42 (text I) for the three works edited here in particular. 4 https://archive.org/details/PhantoouLibrary (accessed January 2018). 2

Martyrs & Archangels

IX

al formatting of words and lines, as well as errors, omissions, and other peculiarities are always indicated and explained in notes accompanying the transcript, we have deliberately avoided all attempts to ‘formalise’ or otherwise tamper with the text or its layout. This is because we believe that an edition should straddle the boundary between presentation and facsimile. Short of providing actual images, an edition should still remain faithful to the original form whenever possible. For ease of referring, we have divided the Coptic text into consecutively numbered paragraphs (indicated in the margins as §§) that correspond to similar divisions observable in the original, in conscious opposition to the common practise of freely subdividing texts into discrete units.5 The translation of the Coptic text is accompanied with a full philological and linguistic commentary.6 The running text is divided into distinct chapters, paragraph numbers corresponding to those in the Coptic text are included, and the progression of pages and changes between columns of text are clearly indicated with superscript sigla and asterisks (*) respectively. Each chapter closes with individual indices for the text. These include a list of personal names and toponyms, of occurrences of foreign words, a complete Coptic lexical index, a grammatical index of constructions attested in the text, and finally a list of citations and allusions to Biblical and other texts. Parts I and III also include additional appendices at the end for editions of fragmentary manuscripts from elsewhere that contain sections and/or a variant version of the Pierpont Morgan text. At the end of the volume can be found a joint bibliography of the texts edited. The present volume is intended as a first part in a series of similar publications of Coptic literary works that mostly have not been previously edited, but also of texts that either have been published in a manner that renders re-edition desirable or that have been edited but whose ediSee Müller, in LingAeg 19 (2011), 338–39 for some reasons for this. Here, however, we have partly followed our individual preferences in emphasising various issues. For example, in Parts II & III by Müller, for Biblical references in the original text, the corresponding text from the (Coptic) Scriptures is given in full in the footnotes. This is intended to cater for Biblical scholars among the readership. In Part I by Uljas, similar occurrences are merely noted by giving the reference to the passage as it occurs in the Scriptures. However, in Part I coincidences of wordings, themes, and topoi in other martyrological works are more fully indicated. This is hoped to be of use to readers interested in philological comparisons and interconnections between such texts. 5 6

X

Preface

tions remain (probably permanently) inaccessible to a wider audience. The study of these latter types of material has progressed alongside work on the texts included here, which has taken rather longer than anticipated due to other tasks and commitments. Nevertheless, it is hoped that the appearance of subsequent volumes will not be unduly delayed. The authors would like to thank the Pierpont Morgan Library for the permission to publish the texts presented and for the images of the manuscripts without which our work could scarcely have been accomplished. We also wish to tender our thanks to the Basler freiwillige akademische Gesellschaft for their financial support in covering the costs of the images. Additional help was provided by Prof. Susanne Bickel, whom we would similarly wish to thank along with the Institute of Egyptology of the University of Basel. Our deepest gratitude for their help and assistance is also due to the following friends and colleagues: James P. Allen (Brown University), Christian Askeland (Indiana Wesleyan University), Heike Behlmer (Göttingen), Marie Besso (Basel), Anne Boud’hors (Paris), Chip Coakley (Cambridge), Jennifer Cromwell (Copenhagen), Claudia Gamma (Basel), Julien Delhez (Göttingen), Gunnel Ekroth (Uppsala), Victoria Fendel (Basel), Eitan Grossman (Jerusalem), Andrea Hásznos (Budapest & Berlin), Sabine Hübner (Basel), Anthony Kaldellis (Ohio State University), Ingela Nilsson (Uppsala), Luigi Prada (Oxford), Clémentine Reymond (Basel), Gesa Schenke (Oxford), Alin Suciu (Hamburg & Göttingen), Sofia Torallas Tovar (Chicago), and Martin Wallraff (Basel & Munich) as well as the members of the Coptic reading group at the University of Zürich (Robert Barnea, Peter Günther, Kurt Locher, Nicola Schmid, Renate Siegmann, and Toshiko Verhave-Yoshida). Eleonora Kacl (Basel) shouldered the task of proofreading the whole manuscript before submission; any remaining errors are of course ours. Last but not least, it is hoped that the dedication of this volume to two friends and scholars with an interest in Coptic will repay some of the gratitude owed to them. MATTHIAS MÜLLER Basel

SAMI ULJAS Uppsala

Table of Contents Preface .............................................................................................................. vii List of Abbreviations ...................................................................................... xv List of Figures ................................................................................................ xvi

Part I:

The Martyrdom of St Phoibamon of Preht edited by Sami Uljas......................................................................... 1

Introduction....................................................................................................... 3 Transmission of the Text................................................................................... 3 Historical and Geographic Aspects of the Passio ............................................... 7 The Main Protagonists .................................................................................... 10 Outline of the Narrative .................................................................................. 15 The Passio as a Work of Literature ............................................................... 22 Technical Features of the Manuscript ............................................................... 24 Grammar & Graphemic Features................................................................... 30 Treatment of Words of Foreign Origin ............................................................. 33 The Coptic Text .............................................................................................. 37 Translation ....................................................................................................... 79 Indices ............................................................................................................ 121 List of Biblical and Other Textual References ................................................ 121 Names (personal, month names & toponyms) ................................................ 125 Lexical Index ............................................................................................... 127 Loan words ........................................................................................... 127 Coptic words ........................................................................................ 132 Grammatical Index ...................................................................................... 148 Verbal Predication Patterns ................................................................ 148 Bipartite Patterns ................................................................................. 148 Tripartite Patterns ................................................................................ 150 Further Patterns ................................................................................... 151 Clause Conjugations ............................................................................ 152

XII

Table of Contents

Non-Verbal Sentence Patterns........................................................... 153 Appendix: British Library Or. 7561 ff. 67–69 & 116 ............................... 155 The Coptic Text ....................................................................................... 157 Translation ................................................................................................ 162 Index of British Library Or. 7561 ff 67 69 & 116 ................................ 165 The Bible ................................................................................................. 165 Personal Names ....................................................................................... 165 Loan Words ............................................................................................ 165 Coptic Words ........................................................................................... 166 Grammatical Index .................................................................................. 168

Part II:

The Martyrdom of SS Theodore the Anatolian, Leontius the Arab & Panigerus the Persian edited by Matthias Müller ........................................................... 171

Introduction .................................................................................................. 173 Transmission of the Text .............................................................................. 174 The Good, the Bad, and Then Some. The Protagonists .................................. 177 Outline of the Narrative................................................................................ 180 Technical Features of the Text....................................................................... 188 Grammar & Graphemic Features ................................................................ 196 Treatment of Words of Foreign Origin ........................................................... 203 Graphemics & Phonology .................................................................. 203 Morphology .......................................................................................... 210 Lexicon .................................................................................................. 211 The Coptic Text ............................................................................................ 213 Translation ..................................................................................................... 248 Indices ............................................................................................................ 279 Biblical and Other Textual References ........................................................... 279 Names (personal, ethnic & toponyms) ........................................................... 281 Lexical Index ............................................................................................... 283 Loan words ........................................................................................... 283 Coptic words ........................................................................................ 288 Grammatical Index ...................................................................................... 298 Verbal Predication Patterns ................................................................ 298 Bipartite Patterns ................................................................................. 298

Martyrs & Archangels

XIII

Tripartite Patterns ................................................................................ 299 Further Patterns ................................................................................... 300 Clause Conjugations ............................................................................ 301 Non-Verbal Sentence Patterns ........................................................... 302

Part III: Archelaos of Neapolis, In Gabrielem edited by Matthias Müller ........................................................... 303 Introduction................................................................................................... 305 The Protagonists ........................................................................................... 307 Outline of the Narrative ................................................................................ 308 Technical Features of the Text ....................................................................... 314 Grammar & Graphemic Features................................................................. 321 Treatment of Words of Foreign Origin ........................................................... 325 Graphemics & Phonology .................................................................. 325 Morphology .......................................................................................... 329 Lexicon .................................................................................................. 330 The Coptic Text ............................................................................................ 331 Translation ..................................................................................................... 365 Indices ............................................................................................................ 393 List of Biblical and Other Textual References ................................................ 393 Names (personal, ethnic & toponyms) ........................................................... 395 Lexical Index ............................................................................................... 396 Loan words ........................................................................................... 396 Coptic words ........................................................................................ 400 Grammatical Index ...................................................................................... 412 Verbal Predication Patterns ................................................................ 413 Bipartite Patterns ................................................................................. 413 Tripartite Patterns ................................................................................ 414 Further Patterns ................................................................................... 415 Clause Conjugations ............................................................................ 416 Non-Verbal Sentence Patterns ........................................................... 417 Appendix: Additional Folia from a White Monastery Codex ................. 419 The Coptic Text ....................................................................................... 427 Translation ................................................................................................ 437 Indices ........................................................................................................ 447

XIV

Table of Contents

List of Biblical and Other Textual References ........................................... 447 Names (Personal, ethnic & toponyms) ...................................................... 448 Lexical Index .......................................................................................... 448 Loan Words .......................................................................................... 448 Coptic Words ....................................................................................... 450 Grammatical Index .............................................................................. 455 Verbal Predication Patterns ................................................................ 456 Bipartite Patterns ................................................................................. 456 Tripartite Patterns ................................................................................ 456 Further Patterns ................................................................................... 457 Clause Conjugations ............................................................................ 457 Non-Verbal Sentence Patterns........................................................... 458 Bibliography .................................................................................................. 459 Subject Index ................................................................................................. 477

List of Abbreviations The following list of abbreviations pertains mainly, but not only to grammatical abbreviations used in the grammatical description and in the indices. Ø null morpheme 1, 2, 3 person ADJ adjective BN Bibliothèque Nationale CMCL Corpus dei Manoscritti Copti Letterari (www.cmcl.it) CNJ conjunctive COP copula DEF definite DEL deleted DEP dependent clause F feminine f. folio FUT future IDF INF M MONB

indefinite infinitive masculine Monasterio bianco (White Monastery) followed by letter sequence identifying individual codices

ms(s) manuscript(s) neg negated NEG negation NOM nominal (subject) P, PL plural PF perfect POSS possessive PRE subject preceding the verbal form POST subject following the verbal form PRT preterite R recto REL relative S singular SE subject element SUB subject (+ DEL subject deleted) transl. translation V verso VB verb

List of Figures Fig. 1: Fig. 2: Fig. 3: Fig. 4: Fig. 5: Fig. 6: Fig. 7: Fig. 8: Fig. 9:

M582 fol. 1 recto M582 fol. 11 recto M582 fol. 16 recto M583 fol. 59 recto M583 fol. 75 recto M583 fol. 64 verso M583 fol. 7 recto M583 fol. 8 recto M583 fol. 11 recto

5 26 29 189 192 195 315 318 319

Part I: The Martyrdom of St Phoibamon of Preht Pierpont Morgan Codex M582, ff. 1R–20V (CMCL 0297)

Sami Uljas

Introduction Transmission of the Text A number of Coptic witnesses of the Martyrdom of St Phoibamon of Preht have survived until modern times, scattered among several, mainly European collections. Besides Pierpont Morgan Library M582 edited here, which is the sole manuscript to preserve the text in its entirety, there are – or, at least were until relatively recently – four other sources of the text in existence, viz.: a) British Library (formerly British Museum) Or. 6012: part of a single papyrus leaf b) British Library Or. 7561, ff. 67–69: three fragmentary pages of a papyrus codex c) British Library Or. 7561, ff. 114, 116 & 117: three papyrus fragments d) Bayerische Landesbibliothek (Munich), Hs. koptisch 3, ff. 52–58: seven fragmentary papyrus leaves A number of unedited Arabic and Ethiopic versions of the work and encomia of the martyr have also been reported in the Coptic Museum in Cairo as well as in Leipzig, Munich, and the Vatican.1 Some of these, however, do not in fact relate to St Phoibamon of Preht but rather to his namesake of whom more will be said below.2 1 According to Graf (Catalogue, 274/no. 717.5 and Geschichte, 538) and Bachatly et al., (Mon. Phoebammon I, 13), these include Cairo Hist. 138 ff. 140R–150v; 275; 474 ff. 131R– 180V; 712 f. 281R; 717 ff. 131R–180v; Leipzig Univ. Or. 1064; Munich Or. 948 ff. 143R– 162V and Vatican Ar. 172 ff. 189V–213V. An Ethiopic translation of the latter occurs in BL ( r nteunou van 20 teFei Harat±F mpko mis · pejaF naF je kakh kefalh · až Hise eiTso erok mpek qusiaze · tote loi 25 pon akHeFrize m±n tikasthrion · akr” pkeT nouv±sn”pat mpapollwn · T §261 keleue etreuswlp 30 mpekjnaH snau Hntkopis HaratF ‰mpestullos · nteu nou ausol”p m”peF jnaH snau · peje 35 pdoux naF jequsi (aze · a3: The t is enlarged; so too in b9. a15: ou abbreviated as Y. a30–35: the strange alignment of the lines is due to two oval holes in the parchment that the copyist sought to avoid. b6–7: Two small strokes above the l:s of apollwn. b19: A small hole forced the copyist to split kr, but he wrote the supralinear of r above it. b32: The short supralinear is rather to the left of the initial m. pvhre m±npep±n=±a etouaab · auw agab rihl sooutn ebol n= peFCerwb nkwHt etHnteFCij · aF±rp doux nblle epeF §259 bal snau · pdoux de neFHabasanos aF wv ebol eFjw mmos jeTsops” mmok w foibamwn pajoeis · ajis jeeienau ebol §260 mpabal snau · pma kariosde apa foiba mwn · pejaF mpdYx je alhqws eimhtž · n±gpaHtk mpanou te ngouwvt naF nvom±nt nsop je H±mpran mpeiwt m±n pvhre m±npep±n=±a etouaab · pnoute m foibamwn eienau ebol · tote pdoux aF wv ebol jeH±mpra= + mpeiwt mnpvhre mnpep±n=±a= etouaab · pnoute napa foi bamwn mareinau ebol nke sop · auw nteunou aFnau e bol nCipkomis · pejaF napa

74

Coptic Text

M582 fol. 18V l=±^=

§262

pmakariosde eFHaba

sanos pejaF naF je euerwk±H mmok m±n neknoute m±nnek kee±rrwou nskan dalon · aFCwnt n” Cipdoux · aFkeleue etreuswl±p mpeF las · eFjw mmos je akjžoua enenjisooue n±rrwou mnneunou te eouk existi nak · er”pai · taž te teka pofasis · Tkeleue etreubi ntekape H±n tshbe · aFsmiou m §263 peFran · jeTkeleue etreuFi ntape m foibamwn H±n ou shbe · etreubi mmoF Hatntri etereneF vbhhr otp” eHoun eHoun eros nsebž nte Faph Hempma etm §264 mau · ausekpouhl lwn aFtwoun nCip doux H±mpbhma · §265 tote pmakarios apa foibamwn · pejaF mpdoux jeepidh ak jioua epran mpanou te i±s= pec=±s= · mnnsa kevom±nt nHoou k nar­bÜnÝt ntepeksw ma knos auw n±gmou ·

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

peksavF tekkes Hime mnnekvhre senatale eujož jeeu nabwk epeuhž nte pjož wm±s Haroou n semou · auw on pep repositos · Fnapa rage Haoub±nne ntet benne pwr±k HijwF nFmou · m±nnsws pa §266 eiwt m±ntamaau na swtm” jeažmou · nse twoun jeeunhu n sapaswma · nseCoile euma HiteHih · Hnt pavede nteuvh oun=ouHoF naloksou nsemou mpesnau :ÑÑ ntotnHwwt thu §267 tn ouon nim ntau±n neuCij eHraž ejwž H±mpran mpajoeis i±s= · ekekeleue jekas nneupwt epeuhž eu onH · m±nnsos aF §268 kotF” epaHou aFnau emmatož ntaun=t±F euto eroF pejaF nau · je ntotnHwt thu t±n pjoeis narwve erwtn” · jempeqoou ntate tnaau naž mpei±r nobe erwtn= ·

a4: The t in noute is enlarged; so too nte in a23 and b4, and nta in b20 and b33. a19: The division H±n ou is due to a small hole in the parchment. a28: The initial t is not enlarged. b25: eu onH is due to a small hole; m±nnsos for m±nnsws. b30–35: The alignment of the lines is due to two oval holes in the parchment.

75

Martyrdom of Phoibamon

M582 fol. 19R

§269

§270

§271

§272

erepajoeis i±s= pec=±s= toužo nhtn” nvaje nim ntauei ebol H±n tatapro · nažde nte reFjoou nCipmaka rios apa foibamwn pejaF on jeswtm= erož p”ajoeis i±s= pec=±s= · H±nnentažjoou th rou · m±nn”sanaž am matož Hekpecamws erwF aun”tF Hatn”t ri eterenetouaab nHoun eros · aFpw rv” nneFCij ebol aF vlhl eHraž epc=±s= eFjw m=mos · jekou aab · kouaab · kouaab peiwt · m±npvhre · m±npep±n=±a= etouaab · v±ptayuch erok m±n pap±n=±a · einhu enek Cij etouaab · pejaF n±mmatož jesaHuthu tn” eHraž noukouž · ntetnlo etetnHoj Hj mmož vantaT eoou mpar=ro mpaTT ejwž mpeklom nt m±nÜtÝr±mHe · auw nto tn” peimhhve thr±F etsoouH erož etswbe nswž · n angousoone an · oude ntauCopt an Hnounobe

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

l=±z= jeetetnqewrei m mož · pwt jiHrhtn” epHwb nnetenCij · mh= m±nthÜuÝtn eiope m mau · anokgar eivwp ;nneiHise etbepaw nH · mh n±FshH an je m±nouiwt namou Haou vhre · oude ouvhre HapeFeiwt · alla e repoua” poua naji kata roF · tenouCe saHuthu§273 tn” eHraž noukouž · n” teunou aFei etmhte mpmhhve aFkwte mpeFHo epeihbt aFou wvt m±nnsws aFbž §274 +nneFbal eHraž etpe pejaF · jeTsmou erok TTeoou nak · pentaF swtp” mmož jineiH±nt kalaHh ntamaau · pentaFotpÜeÝ ethpe nneFH±mHal Tsmou erok · pentaF±nt e bol Hmphž mpaeiwt eHoun eteFklhrono mža · Tsmou erok pen taFaHerat±F nmmož H±nnaHisi throu · TT §275 eoou nak pentaFca rize naž mpeklom nattako · ksooun pa joeis jeažtoCt erok HmpaHht thr±F · anok

a4: The t of nte is enlarged; so too with ntF in a12, kata in b11, and Hn=t in b21. a24: saHu- for the st. nom. saHe-; sim. b12. a35: The alignment is due to an anciently repaired tear in the parchment. b6: The supralinear stroke is rather to the left of the initial n; sim. b18.

76

Coptic Text

M582 fol. 19V l=±h= Hw aieime jem”pek Hwp erož mpeoou ntek §276 mntnoute · ksoou± + + + + + pajoeis jeažbi mpas +Ro=±s= aiouaHt nswk · anok Hw aieime jem” pekaat nv±mmo etek polis etouaab · te nouCe Tsop±s m=mok pvhr±pmise nswnt nim · pmarturos e touaab mauaaF · §277 pmonogenhs nvh re ntepeiwt · i±s= pe c=±s= · tnoC nCom etHn n±mphue · eketen noou nai mmicahl parcagÜgÝelos mngab rihl negaggelos etouaab nseroeis e paswma vapeHoou ntanastasis · nkT naž nnekerht · naž ntakerht mmau e taau nnekH±mHal mpeHoou n”teklh ronomia · Haio pa joeis Tsooun j±ng nalupe mmoi an · §278 nHoson eFjw nnaž nCipmakarios apa foibamwn nteu nou agabrihl ei epe sht ebol Hntpe · auw ntereFHwn eHoun

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

epmhhve aunoC n±H roou vwpe Hwste nsenoein nCins±nte ntsiooun · auw a §279 gabrihl wv ebol Hn ounoC nsmh jesa Hethutn eHraž w p mhhve ntpolis si oout vanteiouw eivaje m±npmaka rios foibamwn · etFeHwb nim ntaFai te mpjoeis etbh htou · tote apmh §280 hve thrF” He Hijen neuerhu eauvtor tr” etbeqote mpag gelos · pejegabri hl napa foibamw= + + + + jeepidh akHe euH mot m”p±mto ebol mpjoeis · akHupo mine vaHraž epmou tenouCe po=±s= i±s= pec=±s= §281 pentaFtnnoout varok etraji n tekyuch eHoun etm±ntrro nn±mphue eptopos nnekv bhr marturos etei ne mmok · m±nnsws taCw eiproskarth rei epekswma va ptopos etounaka qista mmok er oF

a2: The t in ntek is enlarged; so too with etek in a7, nswnt in a10, s±nte in b3, and vtor in b16. a5: supralinear to the right of Ro=±s. b28: The e of mphue added above the u. b35: The division er oF is due to an anciently repaired tear in the parchment.

77

Martyrdom of Phoibamon

M582 fol. 20R l=±q= vapeHoou ntanas ouwn±H ebol · alla tasis etrepjoeis m±n±nsakekouž nou natounesouon nim · oeiv Fnaouwn±H ebol §282 auw anok Tnaouw Hžtn”tCom mpajoeis n±H ebol nH±nCom H±m 5 i±s= pec=±s= · ouonde nim §285 etnaerht noupros pektopos · Tnat reH±nmoein mn”Hn” fora · h H±ndoron vphre vwpe Hm etreun”tou epekto pektopos · nreF pos nseamelž Tna jioue · m±nnreFw 10 tretshbe ouwm n” r±k nnouj · Hipor swou · alla petnae nos nim · Him±ntmaž rht mareFjwk ebol to nHouo euvanei mpeFHwb · tenou §286 Ce foibamwn Tm epektopos nseji Col Tnatretshbe 15 pekouož etoikono ouwm nswou Hitn” mia etkh nak eHraž §283 tCom ni±s= pec=±s= · auw ngjok±s ebol · n±g peoÜoÝu mppantwk ji m”peklom ntau ratwr petnaerHaž s±btwt±F nak n±g b±s epektopos · ge 20 jwk ebol mpeka nos nim nrwme Hi gwn · mmon eis vo laos · Hituranos mnt naggelos s±b Tnatreuei nseou twt easpaze mmok tote pmakarios apa §287 wvt Hmpekto pos · m±nnHise th 25 foibamwn · pejaF rou ntakvopou · mpmhhve jenim §284 auw nlaos mnn±rrw petnaji n±nvaje ou naswt±m eneCom nteimarturia · va mnnevphre et sara taswne · pe navwpe Hmpek 30 jegabrihl naF je topos nservph anok petnajitou re · peimagar etka nas · auw pejepma Heratk” nHht±F te karios naF · eke nou mpatepeFouo joos nas jepouson eiv vwpe etreF 35 foibamwn vine a6: The t in Tnat is enlarged; so too with mnt in b22. Cont. from foll. page: … and mnt in b17. a3: The line-initial e was corrected on top of an unfinished j. a8: Perhaps an unfinished character slightly to the left of Houn. a29–30: Sic; tonou for tenou. b8: The line-final as are small and crammed. b21: The o and s of aggelos inserted above and below of l.

78

Coptic Text

M582 fol. 20V m= ero twnou taswne jempeimpva nnau ero jineiH±ntpar±n bolh HatÜHÝh · eiÜsÝ Hhhte on Hmpakemou mpeinau 5 ero · amaximinianos pkomis swtm erož n Houn etsiooun m”pson snau Hntpolis sioout anok m±nkeTou nson 10 ntemarhs · eneiouwv enau ero w taswne ntajw ero nneiva je nanagkaion · e bol jeapaeiwt mnta 15 maau kaat nswou · ere pajoeis i±s= pec=±s= kw nau ebol · auw nFkotou eHoun eroF nsesouw n±F · nsemetanož H±n 20 teuplanh nsewn±H jeouv±nHthF nnaht pe pjoeis · tenouCe ta swne spoudaze epa swma nteT eroF nou 25 kažse katapeFempva ntejit±F epenhž · n” tetwm±s mmoF Hnou eirhnh · Tvine ero to nou taswne · tamnt 30 son thr±s m”per­rpesw b±v · auw anok Hw n Tnar”pouwb±v an · eivlhl ejw Hmpma etinabwk eroF · 35

oumonon jento mau aate alla ouon nim etnhu eratF m”pato pos · mnnsws pejaF §292 nmmatož jentotn” Hwtthutn mper katecei mmož · Tvi ne erwt±n thrtn” nas nhu · mperamelei e §288 paakwn etkh naž eHraž · nteunou am matož jž mpmakari os Hatntbasis mpes §289 tellos · auFi nteF ape nsoua mpaw ne eaFjwk ebol m peFagwn Hnoumnt gennaios H±noueirh nh Hamhn · aFei epe §293 sht ebol Hntpe nCii±s= mnoumhhve naggelos §290 auaspaze mmoF auji tF eHraž en±mphue Hn ounoC ntažo · auw n §294 kesnhu ntauotpou eHoun etri aujwk ebol Hwou mpeuagon ej±mpran mpenjo eis i±s= pec=±s= po=±s= nnat §291 pe m±nnatpkaH · auw pnoute nsar±x nim peoou mpeiwt · m±n pvhre m±npepn=±a etouaab vaeneH ne neH Hamhn ·· ÑÑÑ ÑÑ···ÑÑ···ÑÑ···ÑÑ ÑÑ···ÑÑ···ÑÑ···ÑÑ ÑÑ ÑÑ ÑÑ ÑÑ a1: The t of twnou enlarged; so too with HatÜHÝh and Hhhte in a4, tpolis and sioout in a9, nte in a11, eiwt and mnt in a15, kotou in a18, metanož in a20, HthF and naht in a22, to in a29, mnt in a30, thr in b8, …. Cont. on prec. page.

79

Martyrdom of Phoibamon

Translation Title The martyrdom of the holy martyr of Jesus Christ St [Ap]a Phoibamon. He comple[ted] his struggle [on the first day] of the month of P[aone]103 in God’s pe[ace, Amen]. ([1] = fol. 1R a)

The imperial edict against Christians (§§1–6) §1It

happened in the reign of Diocletian, when Cul(c)ianos was hypatos,104 Soterichus the prefect of the city, Romanos general of the palace, and Philippus sticholêtikos,105 (that) in the first year of Emperor Diocletian [he published] an e[dict] in the wh[ole wor]ld, [writ]ing thu[s]: “Every ty[pe] of people106 [in whom] there is a bre[ath of] li[fe]107 – whether male [or] * female, whether a soldier or a civilian, whether a servant or a freeman, or any one at all108 – they shall all worship my gods Apollo, Artemis, Athe[ne, a]nd Zeus. §2As for those109 who will disob[ey this edi]ct, [I ord]er them to be tortured by [the rulers according to] district and [the d]u[x]110 and the governors according to city, until they sacrifice to my gods, offer incense, and say: ‘There is no god but Apollo and Artemis’”. 26 May in the Julian and 8 June in the Gregorian calendar. A high court official, equivalent to a consul. 105 Commander of a file (στίχος) of soldiers. See Introduction above for these individuals and the historicity of the list. 106 The restoration here is based on the Martyrdom of St Leontius (Garitte, in Le Muséon 78 (1965), 319, 12 & 15–16. 107 The restoration is suggested by the faint w towards the end of the line as well as the parallel eounnniFe nwnH nHhtou “in whom there is the breath of life” in the martyrdom of SS Apaioule and Pteleme (R&B, Mart., 131). 108 Compare similar litanies e.g. in the martyrdoms of SS Sarapion and Anoub (AM I, 63; 200–01), Besamon, Kosmas & Damian (KHML I, 42; 159), Apaioule & Pteleme (R&B, Mart., 131), Isidore (Munier, in BIFAO 14 (1918), 101–02), Mena (Drescher, Mena, 2), Apater, John & Simon, Ari (AdM, 78, 195–96, 202), and Victor (BCM, 2). 109 petnaeratswtm is singular “he who will disobey”, but the anaphoric pronouns in etreubasanize mmou “that they be beaten” and vantouqusiaze “until they sacrifice” are plural. This seems typical to Coptic universal concessive conditionals (see Müller, in LingAeg 17 (2009), 174–76). 110 Possibly so. The u is reasonably certain, but the space seems very small for doux, 103 104

80

Translation §3When

he had given an order to a […]§4And then in turn the […, he gave the emperor’s order. He112 read from it, and he found it stating113 that now every one was to sacrifice to Apollo and Zeus. He called together the entire guard and made them all sacrifice. §5Afterwards, he sent a sin[gul]arius114 south to all of Egypt, until he came south to the Thebaïs with the emperor’s ordinance with him, ordering that the tribunes of each city, the commanders, and the garrisons according to the area compel115 their soldiers to sacrifice. §6For the emperor had ordered that they should be tortured greatly with all (sorts of) tortures up until they are beheaded with the sw[ord],116 commanding [th]us: “Those117 who will disobey my order, you shall hand * them over to me for trial”. Then the singularius came to Egypt118 with the emperor’s ordinance, and he read it aloud in Memphis, Babylon,119 and the other places in [Eg]ypt until he came sou[th to] Thebaïs. him]111 ([2] = fol. 1V a)

unless the damage has distorted the parchment surface. 111 Lines 1R b25–36 are too broken to translate. On line b30 one may just see the name Maximinian, who, if the faint ko- on the following line be part of komis, will be the dux of Thebaïs to be encountered below. On b35–6 one would like to restore nanomos or paranomos, but the m at the end of b35 excludes this. 112 Undoubtedly the prefect Culcianos, who will have been the first official to receive the edict in Alexandria. 113 Lit. “written”. 114 Pedites singulares were in origin bodyguards of military legates in the early Roman Empire. Later, however, their duties became more administrative. Ioannes Lydus (3.6; see Bandy, On Powers, 139–41) speaks of them as “men of action who were sent out to the provinces for the sake of public needs”, especially to deliver messages. My thanks are due to Anthony Kaldellis for this information. 115 κρίνειν; the literal meaning does not suit the context. 116 This was naturally only to take place should the soldiers refuse to obey the edict. The organisation of the text here seems slightly disordered. The adverb emate “greatly”, although following Fi-ape “behead”, cannot be an attribute of the latter and must accordingly relate to the earlier basanize “torture”. The form vateFi is probably to be emended into a Completive vaÜnÝtouFi. 117 petnaratswtm again singular, unlike the continuing etetneparadidou mmoou. See n.109 above. 118 Sic; the description of the envoy’s journey is rather confused here. 119 The garrison founded by Trajan, nowadays the site of the Coptic Museum in Cairo. The mention of Memphis here is notable seeing that references to its fortunes before 325 AD are rarely found in Coptic sources – see Stewart, in CE 5, 1586–87.

81

Martyrdom of Phoibamon

The edict arrives in Preht (§§7–12) §7[It

ha]ppened then that when he had [reac]hed the military camp of Preht, he greeted Flavian the commander and dined with him on that day. They ate and they drank together. §8Afterwards the singularius said to him and the foremen of the camp: “This is an ordinance of my lord the emperor. He has sent it so that every one sacrifice to Apollo and Artemis as well as Athene and Zeus. §9Now then, O Flavian, the commander of the camp ([3] = fol. 2R a) of Preht; gather together all your soldiers, take count of them from their smallest to their greatest, and make them all sacrifice to the imperial gods.120 You have the authority to do what you like, (but) the Christians in particular [you must] hand over to us, because they are magicians that cause trouble in his empire. §10Now as for him who will disobey you, behold – the count is about to come south. Hand them over to him”. §11Early in the morning the commander gathered together all his soldiers, and the singularius read aloud the emperor’s text. §12The commander responded and said to them: “You can see the singularius whom the count has sent to all the land with the ordinance of the imperial * lords121 in order that the whole world sacrifice to the gods of the emperor. If (some)one disobeys the ordinance, he will be opposing the emperor and the count”.

Phoibamon refuses to sacrifice and is imprisoned (§§13–19) §13When

they had all sacrificed, it became the turn of a certain young man, whose name was Phoibamon, to make a sacrifice. §14The commander said to him: “It is your turn, Ph(o)ibamon, to sacrifice to the gods of the emperor”. §15Apa Ph(o)ibamon said to him: “To which god should I122 sacrifice?” §16The foremen said to him: “Sacrifice to Apollo and Zeus like we our120

nnoute nrro; not nnoute mprro as in b3–4.

The plural, used frequently in the present text and in other Coptic martyrdoms, refers to the coregency of Diocletian and Maximian (from AD 285) and later, during the Tetrarchy, also with Constantius and Galerius (from AD 293). 122 The text has “we” (ennaqusiaze). This is a common (sarcastic) question by Coptic martyrs – cf. e.g. SS Kosmas & Damian (KHML I, 161), George (Budge, George, 4), Herai (Rossi, Martirii, 37), and Sarapion (AM I, 69). 121

82

Translation

selves sacrificed, because they are our gods of which the emperors wrote to us thus: ‘Sacrifice to them’”. But Phoibamon said ([4] = fol. 2V a) to them: “Who is Apollo or what god is Artemis? And who is Diocletian, who will tumble down and perish with his evil gods?123 There is no god but the God of heaven and earth Jesus Christ!” §17The commander became angry. He strod[e be]fore Phoibamon and slapped him in the face, saying: “Silence!124 How dare you speak disrespectfully of the gods and the imperial lords!”125 There and then the blessed one undid his (soldier’s) belt and threw it in the face of the commander.126 §18The foremen said to him: “What is this reckless act that you have committed by having taken off your belt before us? You are not permitted to do this and show contempt to the government of the emperor!” §19The commander ordered Saint * Ph(o)ibamon to be taken to the barracks and be firmly guarded.

The rift between Phoibamon and his father (§§20–31) §20Blessed

Apa Phoibamon was a man who feared God with all his heart and was thirty-one years old. He had an [unmarr]ied sister whose name was Sarah and who took care of the sick. §21Apa Phoibamon loved her greatly because of her humility.

123 Phoibamon utters almost the exact words which were said also by St Claudius of Antioch (Godron, St Claude, 450). 124 ὅλως-rw. The form sunouwCe “blow, slap” appears to be a writing of senouwCe, a Fayyumic form of vsnouaCe (CD, 374b, 512b). 125 In Coptic, the complement of τόλμαν can apparently be coded either by using the Conjunctive or as what appears to be a separate main clause, as seems to be the case here. Literally, the sentence means “You have dared you have spoken…”. 126 As noted by Reymond & Barns (R&B, Mart., 186 n.19), “The stripping off of armour as a gesture of renunciation of imperial allegiance and service is commonplace in the Acta of recusant soldier martyrs”. Similar acts were performed e.g. by SS Victor (BCM, 11), Besamon (KHML I, 43), and Basilides (in passio St Epima; see Mina, Epima, 3). Cf. also Kahle, Bala’izah I, n.43. In passio SS Pirou and Athom the same was done by three torturers who converted after witnessing the power of their victims (AdM, 156); so too in the martyrdoms of Lacharon, Anatolius, Papnoute, and Anoub (AM I, 19; 29; 114; 213).

Martyrdom of Phoibamon

83

§22His

father and mother heard that their son had been imprisoned127 into the garrison. They went to the place where he was confined in and said to him: “Our son Phoibamon; why were you imprisoned?” §23Apa Phoibamon answered and said to them: “The reason why I was imprisoned was (your) utter rejection of the God who created you128 and your sacrificing to gods whom I do not know ([5] = fol. 3R a) nor have ever heard their names. Who is Apollo, or what is Artemis?” The father of Apa Phoibamon said to him: “If they all sacrificed, sacrifice you too, my son.129 If not, you will be charged before the emperor and the count and be punished”. §24The blessed Apa Phoibamon answered and said to his father: “You too, my father; you have shown unbelief in the God who created you. After all this time that you and my mother have lived, you do not know God”.130 §25His father said to him: “Is Apollo not a god also, and Aphrodite, Demeter, and Persephone?” §26Apa Phoibamon answered and said to his father: * “Miserable wretch; now you131 shall die! Confess God, believe in him, (namely) the Christ Jesus, and stop worshipping these things made by hands of men – as David said: ‘All the gods of nations are silver and gold, made by human hands’.132 Because of this they will perish with all those who worship them”. §27When his father heard these things, he became angry, and he said to him: “Is it you who will teach me? I have now understood who bewitched you, and I have come to know the things that you practise. §28I have also understood today that you are a magician, for it is things (of magic) that you do!133 Who is Jesus, O Phoibamon my son? §29I have never For the meaning “shut, enclose, imprison” of wtp see CD, 531b. Masculine singular; Phoibamon is addressing his father. The syntax here is peculiar. As it stands, jeaparna alone seems strange. One would like to emend jeÜakÝaparna “because you have rejected”, but the following Conjunctive ngqusiaze excludes this. A future jeÜekeÝaparna, whilst grammatically better, does not produce good sense. 129 The reference seems to be to the saint’s brothers in arms. 130 This could also be an unmarked question “Do you (still) not know god?”. 131 Plural. This insult appears to refer to both parents of the saint. 132 Ps 115:4. 133 Cf. the very similar words addressed to SS Nabraha (Munier, in BIFAO 15 [1918], 235–36) and Victor (BCM, 25). 127 128

84

Translation

heard that there should be a god called ‘Jesus’ and that god had progeny,134 save for Apollo, ([6] = fol. 3V a) Artemis, and Aphrodite. Moreover, it is particularly fitting for us to worship them, because by them is the whole world set in order, and it is to them that the emperors sacrifice”. §30But Apa Phoibamon said to his father: “Today you have revealed yourself as godless.135 Get up and go home! From now on I have no need for you to teach me”. §31His father arose and left. Blessed Apa Phoibamon retired into the barrack. He took off his military shirt that he was wearing and put on a monkly linen tunic.136 He turned his face towards east137 and prayed saying:

Prayer and first vision of Phoibamon (§§32–70) §32“Hear

me, Lord God, my saviour Jesus Christ. For my parents are, and the parents of my parents were, pagans ignorant of * you, nor did they ever learn your name. For you are great, O God, and your deeds are miraculous.138 I sing your praise, O Father, Son, and the Holy Spirit, and your holy angels. §33I sing your praise, O one who sits above the cherubim, with the seraphim covering their faces139 whilst he is behind the seven veils,140 §34the rulers and the mighty ones trembling before him. 134 Clearly so given the absence of an article before vhre (along with the genitival n). Interestingly, the words of Phoibamon’s father reveal the same misunderstanding of the Christian concept “Son of God” that occurs throughout the Qur’an (e.g. 2:116; 6:101; 9:30; 10:68; 19:35; 19:88; 23:91; 37:151; 43:82; 72:3; 112:1–4). Given the historical context in which the present text was composed, this correspondence could be deliberate. 135 Lit. “You have began to reveal today that you are godless”. 136 καμίσιον is a tunic worn by lower ranking officers and also soldiers when not in battling uniform (Kazhdan, Byz. Dict., 2128). στιχάριον is one worn by monks and hermits (Lampe, 1260a). Phoibamon thus changed from a military to a liturgical attire. 137 The standard attitude when praying. 138 Cf. Ps 86:10. 139 This seems inspired by 2Kgs 19:15 and Is 6:2 & 37:16 as well as Ps 80:1 and 99:1. 140 In the martyrdom of St Nabraha Jesus is described as sitting on seven thrones behind seven veils (Munier, in BIFAO 15 [1918], 247) and in the martyrdoms of SS Shenoufe et al (R&B, Mart., 106) and Shnoube (Munier, in ASAE 17 [1917], 148) Jesus’ face is covered by seven veils. The meaning of these allusions is not clear, although the

Martyrdom of Phoibamon

85

§35I

sing your praise, O the one who has crowned the martyrs and the prophets and has enrobed the twenty-four presbyters.141 §36I beseech you, my lord, to be with me in all my troubles, whenever I am persecuted142 and in my temptations that may befall me, and that you send ([7] = fol. 4R a) your angel so that he may 143 me in all tasks and all places where I will be taken”. §37When

blessed Apa Phoibamon had said these things, at once angel Gabriel appeared to him, and the entire place became illuminated like (by) the sun of a summer day. §38The angel said to blessed Apa Phoibamon: “I have already prepared for you a crown of glory and a throne up in the third heaven beside your lord.144 Persevere, and do not fear, because great strength will be in you, apart from your martyrdom, which was ordained to you in the heavens. §39I am angel Gabriel, serving you since your childhood”. §40Apa Phoibamon answered and said to angel Gabriel: * “Is it your145 (free) will to serve mankind, or not?” The angel answered and said to blessed Phoibamon: “No, O Phoibamon; we serve mankind only through God’s will. For if it were our will,146 §41we would not come upon earth for even a single day, because the earth is too defiled to walk upon. §42Do you not know, O Phoibamon, that there is much sin upon earth because of this race called men? scriptures assign particular importance to number seven. The veils might represent a Coptic tradition whose significance has been lost. 141 The twenty-four presbyters (or elders) of Rv 4:4, 4:10, 5:8. 7:11, and 11:16 were much venerated by the Copts since the seventh or eighth century, earning a place in the Copto-Arabic Synaxarium (24th of Hathôr) and in magical charms. See Meinardus, in CE 2, 541–42. 142 Lit. “in all my persecutions”. 143 n±Frož seems corrupt as it stands. n±Frož‹s eroiÝ or n±F‹rois eÝrož seem plausible emendations. 144 The sole explicit reference to the third heaven in the standard scriptures is 2Cor 12:2, but it appears also in several apocryphal texts. Of these the most familiar to the Copts was probably the (non-Gnostic) Apocalypse of Paul (see Casey, in JTS OS 34 [1933], 1–32), whose Coptic version is (partly) preserved in BL ( e\u/twoun). 116 The Bohairic version has the merchant understanding the providence of God instead of the sailors (de Vis, Homélies II, 282, 9–11). The expression Smpmeros snau/Bmpimeros b= “in two shares/parts” looks dubious and might be an attempt to translate a not completely comprehended Greek phrase into Coptic. 117 Both the Sahidic and the Bohairic version (de Vis, Homélies II, 282, 12–13) show in the main clause a conjunctive form, for which see 3Layton, Grammar, §365.

386

Translation

§185 As

the goldsmith began to work on the image of the holy archangel * Gabriel, §186 the Devil sowed it in his heart to stealthily take a pound of silver and a pound of gold from the six pounds that Philosophron had given to him. §187 When he seized the stamp with which he breaks the silver, forthwith he became blind on both of his eyes and great fear descended upon him and humility of heart. §188 Immediately, he sent for Philosophron and said: “My lord brother, I have sinned before God and before you. Be so kind and beseech the one for whom you have vowed to forge this image, §189 because the deceiver of everyone has deceived me as well when I wished (28 = fol. 14V a) to take secretly from the silver you have given me. §190 By the anguish that surrounds me, instead of six pounds that you gave me, I will give in addition three pounds of gold and a further six pounds of silver instead of what I wanted to take stealthily.” §191 Philosophron answered and said: “My brother, I intended to forge an image of the archangel 119. Beseech him then and he will entreat God on your behalf, so that he will forgive you what you have done and will bestow the light of your eyes to you.”120 §192 The man, i.e., the goldsmith121 let his voice rise up and cried out saying: “God of the holy archangel Gabriel. Hear me * and have mercy on me and give me the light of my eyes!” §193 And when he had said this confession in the presence of God and all the multitude, §194 forthwith his eyes perceived and he saw. And everyone, those who saw him with his own eyes and those who heard it with their ears,122 marvelled, §195 saying: “One is the God of the archangel Gabriel.”

118 Although the segmentation of the Bohairic version, in which the causal clause pertains to the preceding clause (de Vis, Homélies II, 283, 2), seems to fit the narrative better, our scribe explicitly bracketed his §184 by hyphens. 119 Apparently the scribe just forgot the name of the archangel, as shown by the Bohairic text (de Vis, Homélies II, 284, 1–2) and as required from the narrative, since the fraudulent goldsmith would otherwise not know to which archangel to pray. 120 The text of §§181–191 has been translated in G. Godron’s study on the word loimhn/limhn, in BSAC 25 (1983), 11–13. 121 Both versions use an attributive construction here: Sprwme nHaunoub/Bpirwmi n”Hamnoub “the male goldsmith” (de Vis, Homélies II, 284, 4), which has been translated as an apposition; see Müller, Or NS 84 (2015), 136–137 for similar Coptic instances. 122 Although one probably would expect two relative clauses instead – similar to the

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

387

The goldsmith forged the portrait of the archangel Gabriel in every beauty using twelve pounds of silver and three pounds of gold. He forged it with all things worthy of a king. §196 When he had forged and accomplished it, Philosophron received it. He carried it and brought it into the church (29 = fol. 15R a) of the archangel Gabriel in great honour.123

Miracles wrought by the icon of the archangel (§197–204) §197 Just

when it was received, a great miraculous deed happened, for all the multitudes that had gathered at the church marvelled. §198 Behold, a man who was born blind entered and slipped into the crowd through his strong faith. When he approached the icon that had been positioned upon 124 a throne amidst the church, §199 he forthwith went to it with the help of the one guiding him.125 He kissed the icon of the holy archangel Gabriel and forthwith his eyes opened all in a sudden. §200 When the multitudes gathered at the topos saw what had happened to him,126 they marvelled exceedingly. * §201 Afterwards, another one, (whose skin) snowlike peeled off from leprosy and went in towards the icon. Faithfully, he put his face onto the image and kissed it. Forthwith, the peeling off caused by the leprosy ceased.127

text transmitted in the Bohairic version (“…, everyone who listened marvelled”, see de Vis, Homélies II, 284, 9) –, the present text must be understood as appositions to ouon nim. Even an emendation to nÜnÝentaunau eroF Hnneubal, making it the object, does not solve the issue, since the resumption within the headless relative clause would be in the singular (eroF) instead of the expected plural (eroou). 123 The text of §§195b–196 has been translated in G. Godron’s study in BSAC 25 (1983), 13. However, the Coptic text changes in resumption to a feminine word in §196 for some unknown reason; maybe thinking of qikwn instead? 124 Paris BN 132.1.04 starts here (see the Appendix to this chapter below). 125 In Paris BN 132.1.04R a1–10, this clause and the following one are not separated as individual paragraphs. The expression chosen differs slightly in the first part, with Hitnnetjžmoeit HhtF “those who lead him” and a shorter “he kissed the icon”, dispensing with the additional “of the holy archangel Gabriel” as above. The Bohairic version is similarly phrased and as succinct, with Hitenfh etCimwit XajwF aFouwvt mmos XenTounou auouwn n”jeneFbal snau “by him who guided him. He worshipped it and forthwith both his eyes opened” (de Vis, Homélies II, 285, 5–6). 126 The version of Paris BN 132.1.04R a13–14 designates the present crowd as “the stone carrying crowds”; see the Appendix §201. Instead, the Bohairic just calls them laconically nimhv “the crowd” (de Vis, Homélies II, 285, 6).

388

Translation

When all these things happened, §202 I myself, Archelaos, had a wooden pillar made and plated it with choice silver. I placed upon it the icon of the archangel until today.128 §203 And many great healings befell everyone who would approach that icon faifully. Even if they suffer from every sickness, they obtain healing.129 §204 And (30 = fol. 15V a) there are further great wonders and miracles, which this benevolent God accomplished through the holy archangel Gabriel; these, if we would tell them, would be countless, having been worked through that icon.130

Final exhortations by Archelaos to his audience and doxology (§205–224) §205 Behold,

these things, indeed, we told them for your love, O God-loving people, because of the holy archangel Gabriel, the great glory, and the miracles that happened in his holy name.131 §206 Well then, we will let

127 The text of §201 has been translated by Godron in BSAC 25 (1983), 13–14. The version of Paris BN 132.1.04R a16–25 shows some deviations as far as the text is preserved, since a part of the leaf has been torn apart, resulting in distortion of the remaining parts. The beginning reads: §202 “Afterwards, someone suffering from leprosy entered. And when he proceeded in his faith, after having put his face onto the icon, …” The following line (a 24) would probably provide enough space to restore auw |[aFaspaze] m[mo]s “and he kissed it”, but the clearly visible o at the end would be left stranded. 128 Again, the text of Paris BN 132.1.04 deviates, as far as it is preserved. Line 26 might have been a new paragraph and it is tempting to restore in l. 27 the traces to a[nok] Hw. However, the gap at the beginning of line 28 seems unwanted when comparing the other versions, and in lines 29 and 30 likewise. In addition, one notes that, whereas our text has Archelaos fashion a wooden pillar (stullos), in the Bohairic version it is a wooden cross (oustauros n”ve), see de Vis, Homélies II, 285, 13. Whatever the wooden object was in Paris BN 132.1.04, it is said to be “plated with choice silver” (lines a30–b2). In the following sentence, it seems that the text speaks about Archelaos (lines b2–6): “He placed upon it the icon of the archangel Gabriel, forever until today.” 129 Again, some minor variation is noticed in Paris BN 132.1.04R b7–18 towards the end, since it says “… they obtain healing without any hesitation at all.” 130 All three Coptic versions deviate in this part. The parallel text in Paris BN 132.1.04R b19–28 gives: §205 “Again, there are plenty of other miracles, I would like to tell to you, but they are countless, being of various forms, which happened under the grace of God through that icon”. The Bohairic version dispenses with the whole part of §§204 and 205 of M583, see de Vis, Homélies II, 285–286. 131 Paris BN 132.1.04R b29–V a6 formulates this part as: “§206 These things, indeed, we told them for your love, because of the holy archangel Gabriel and his great glory and the wonders that happened in his holy name.” As mentioned in the preceding note, the Bohairic version does not contain this part.

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

389

it suffice us here, lest we would increase the story utterly and some attendees ponder longer in their faithlessness and their madness, and dare to * say: “These are not true”. 132 Them of this kind, they draw down upon themselves an utterly heavy judgement on the day when every mouth will be shut and the whole world will receive judgement accordingly from God133, he who judges the living and the dead134. §207 Then, my brethren,135 let us turn around and do works worthy of repentance136 and fitting for forgiveness of the numerous sins we commit, §208 and beget us charity and brotherly love for each other. And our poor fellow members among us,137 let us not slander them, for slander is abhorrence for God as well it is fratric138, §209 just as (31 = fol. 16R a) the great apostle said: “He who slanders his brother slanders the law.139 If

The Paris leaf BN 132.1.04V a7–18 separates this as an individual paragraph with slightly different wording in detail: §207 “Well then, we will let it suffice us here lest we would increase the word utterly and some of the faithless ponder longer in their faithlessness and their madness, dare to say: ‘These things we heard are not true!’.” The separated following part is basically identical. The Bohairic text shows a more abridged version: “We will then let it suffice us here lest some become faithless and say: ‘These words are not true.’, for such draw upon them a perdition in the days when every tongue will be shut and the whole world will be under the judgement of God.” (de Vis, Homélies II, 286, 1–4). 133 Rom 3:19b (Thompson, Acts & Epistles, 94) jekaaseretapro nim twm n=tepkosmos thr±F vwpe HapHap m=pnoute. 134 1 Pt 4:5b (Schüssler, Kath. Briefe, 18) naž etnaTlogos m=pets±btwt ekrine n=neton±H m±nnetmoout. 135 The appellation “my brethren” is missing in Paris BN 132.1.04 and in the Bohairic version. 136 Mt 3:8 (Aranda Perez, Ev. S Mateo, 112) arireCe noukarpos eFm=pva n=tmetanoia. 137 An emendation to ouÜmntÝreFHotFson (maybe even to ouÜmntÝ{reF}HotFson) seems inevitable. 138 The first part of this paragraph is differently organised in Paris BN 132.1.04V b9– 17: §210 “Let us beget charity for us and brotherly love for one another, especially for the poor fellow members, who are among us, in this specific icon.” The latter clause is missing in the Bohairic version (de Vis, Homélies II, 286, 6–7). For the expression vbhr mmhlos as typical for Egyptian monastic circles, see Suciu, Apocryphon, 115–20. 139 As above, Paris BN 132.1.04V b18–28 displays a different paragraph segmentation: §211 “Do not slander one another, for slander is murder, just as the [great a]po[stle sa]id: ‘[He who] s[lan]der[s his broth]er, ab[andons] the law.’” Of note is the writing of the copula te as de; thus also below on the following leaf. The Bohairic version deviates from both Sahidic versions in details: “Let us not slander, for the slander is fratricide. He who is vain is an enemy to God. As he said: ‘The vainglory is enmity to God’” (de Vis, 132

390

Translation

man judges the law what is its honour?” 140 . For the man who fights against God’s law has nothing but condemnation.141 §210 Let us abstain from this vainglory,142 for whosoever is vain is abhorrent for God; 143 for, if the man is abhorrent for God, what is his work?144 §211 Nor let us fornicate, for he said:145 “Whoever will watch after a woman and desires her has already committed adultery with her in his heart.”146 §212 Nor let these vain words and these lies come out of your mouths. §213 Nor these * false 147 oaths that you swear impudently, §214 even though our Lord Jesus has already ordered us: “Do not take any oath! Not to your own head, because you are not able to make a black hair white or white black!” §215 As he teaches us with minuteness: “Do not take any oath at all!” No, it is a condemnation. §216 Neither swear on heaven for it is the throne of God nor on the earth for it is the footstool of his feet. May your words be “Yes! Yes!” and your “No! No!” Everything beyond these is of the evil one.148 §217 And you will understand149

Homélies II, 286, 7–287, 2). The scriptural quote has been linked to Lk 16:15 by de Vis, op. cit. 140 Cf. Jas 4:11, though different in detail (Schüssler, Kath. Briefe, 66) petkatalei m=peFson eFkatalalei m=pnomos auw eFkrine m=pnomos evje kkrine m=pnomos eže n=t±koureFeire an m=pnomos alla n=t±koukriths.

Cf. Rom 13:2. Paris BN 131.3.36R a7–11 (Appendix §213) adds here “such empty kind of vainglory.” 143 Cf. Prv 8:13. 144 The sentence is slightly different in Paris BN 131.3.36R a12–30 “§214 For whosoever will bear vainglory for himself, estranges himself from God; §215 just like one of the sages said: ‘Vainglory is God’s abomination.’ §216 No, my beloved one, let us not be an abomination before God. §217 For, if man is an abomination to God who created him, what is his value?” (see the Appendix). 145 Paris BN 131.3.36R b2–4 (Appendix §218) adds here “for great is the retribution of the fornication.” 146 Mt 5:28 (Aranda Perez, Ev. S Mateo, 122) ouon nim etnaCwv±t n=saousHime eepeiqumei eros aFouw eF±rnoeik eros H±mpeFHht. Subsequently, Paris BN 131.3.36R b12–16 adds here “…, how much more so whosoever follows the foul pollution of fornication” (see the Appendix §219). The phrase is absent in the Bohairic version too, as is the following paragraph. 147 Paris BN 131.3.36R b24 adds here etHarv “heavy”, but omits etetnwrk mmoou HnoumntatHote. 148 Cf. for the whole passage Mt 5:34–37. The text of our §§214–216 is transmitted in 141 142

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

391

that: “The false oath (32 = fol. 16V a) is of the evil one,150 for all his paths are crooked.”151 We shall remain in great endurance, if we turn away from the Devil and his abominable appearances.152 §218 I wish to say much (more) for your charity153 about the snares of that evil enemy and wolf, robbing every soul that will follow him, §219 but lest we bring gloom to this great feast that is spread out for us today, i.e., the day of the holy archangel Gabriel, the messenger of the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Ghost.154 §220 The glory * of the holy archangel Gabriel is very great. 155

a deviating recension on Paris BN 131.3.36R b25–v a10 “§221 … for our Lord has already exhorted to us: ‘Do not swear any oath! Neither to the heaven nor to the earth.’ §222 As he teaches us with precision: ‘Swearing is an offence in any way. §224 May word be’, he said, ‘Yes, yes’ and ‘No, no.’ Everything beyond is of evil.’” (see the Appendix §§221–23). The Bohairic versions presents us offers: “§Neither should we swear these many false oaths. He said thus: ‘Do not swear to heaven for it is the throne of God nor to earth for it is the footstool of his feet nor any oaths at all!’.” (de Vis, Homélies II, 287, 5–288, 2). As can be seen, all variants omit some part of Jesus’ saying so that the outcoming Coptic sentences are rather cumbersome. 149 Paris BN 131.3.36V a12 adds here “o my beloved” (see the Appendix §223). 150 Here, Paris BN 131.3.36V a13–16 gives a slightly different version: “The false oath is one out of the evil one” (see the Appendix §224). Afterwards, it introduces a new paragraph and inserts (a17–20): “Therefore, let us eschew everything pertaining to the evil one” (see the Appendix §225), before it resumes with the Proverb reference. 151 Cf. Prv 2:15 (Worrell, Proverbs, 7) naž ereneuHiooue Coome auw ereneumam=moove jhu n=kot±s. 152 Again, Paris BN 131.3.36V a23–29 separates this sentence from the rest as a new paragraph. In addition, the construction of the second clause varies compared to our manuscript “…, while we turn away from the Devil and his abominable appearances” (see the Appendix §226). Similarly, the Bohairic versions gives a separated and shorter text: “§ Therefore let us obstain from any evil of the Devil for all his deeds are wicked and let us persevere in great endurance.”(de Vis, Homélies II, 289, 1–3). 153 The word used here is ἀγάπη hence “love” would be possible as well. 154 Paris BN 131.3.36V a30–b15 offers a different variant “§227 I wish indeed to say much (more) for the benefit of your love about the snares of that enemy, the wolf robbing the souls, §229 but we should not bring gloom to this great feast that is spread out for us today, i.e., the day of the instalment of the archangel Gabriel, the great messenger of the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Ghost” (see the Appendix). The Bohairic version is closer to the latter (de Vis, Homélies II, 289, 3–290, 3). 155 Paris BN 131.3.36V b16 adds here gar “for” at the beginning and bridges to the next clause with loipon (b19, see the Appendix §§229–30) as does the Bohairic version in both instances (de Vis, Homélies II, 290, 3 & 5).

392

Translation

§221 Let

us gather in his holy topos156 in pure consciousness and affection directed towards him who created us, 157 whilst glorifying his holy feast which is the twenty-second day of Khoiakh, §222 so that 158 he entreats God on our behalf and he receives us into his kingdom which is in heaven §223 through the grace and the kindness of our Lord Jesus Christ, §224 he through whom the glory belongs to Him and his good Father and the Holy Ghost for ever and ever. Amen!

Colophon Bless me while I take159 repentance, my holy fathers. Epima.

Paris BN 131.3.36V b21 (see the Appendix §230) and the Bohairic version (de Vis, Homélies II, 290, 5) have here “to his feast”. 157 Again, a slightly different formulation in Paris BN 131.3.36V b23–26, with: “and perfect affection towards him who created him.” In addition, that version dispenses with the remainder of §221. 158 Paris BN 131.3.36v b27–31exit shows “so that, when he beholds that we are glad about him on his honoured feast, …” (see the Appendix §231) and ends. The remainder might have been on the first column of the following page. 159 The text’s di for ji is probably just a slip. 156

393

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

List of Biblical and Other Textual References References here refer to the notes to the translation. However, to discriminate between textual notes and quotations in the text, the latter have been marked as referring to paragraphs.

Biblical Books & Apocrypha Jo 22:5

79

1 Chr 24:10

55

Ps 103[104]:4 Ps 103[104]:24

43 44

Prv 2:15 Prv 8:13

§217 §210

Ws 10:21

47

Sir 1:1

46

Mt 1:1–17 Mt 3:8 Mt 5:28 Mt 5:34–37 Mt 25:40

42 §207 §211 §§215–216 80

Lk 1:5

55

Lk 1:11

54

Lk 1:11–17 Lk 1:13 Lk 1:19 Lk 1:26–38 Lk 1:31 Lk 3:23–38 Lk 16:15 Lk 21:15

60 §25 52 53 §42 42 §209 §6

Rom 1:3 Rom 3:19b Rom 13:2

42 §206 141

Heb 1:7 Col 4:3

§2 §5

1 Pt 4:5b

§206

Jas 4:11

§209

List of Other Textual References Archelaos of Neapolis, On Isaiah 5 Archelaos of Neapolis, On Archangel Gabriel MONB.CU Paris BN 131.1.27V a3–5 M664B(18)V b5–8 M664B(18)V b9–18 M664B(18)V b26–32 Cairo CG 9254R a2–6 Cairo CG 9254R a9–13 Cairo CG 9254V b15–21 Cairo CG 9254V a24–25 Cairo CG 9254V a26–b1 Cairo CG 9254V b3–7 Paris BN 132.1.04R a1–10 Paris BN 132.1.04R a13–14

1

6 45 91 92 93 94 95 102 103 105 106 125 126

Paris BN 132.1.04R a16–25 Paris BN 132.1.04R a26–30 Paris BN 132.1.04R a30–b2 Paris BN 132.1.04R b2–6 Paris BN 132.1.04R b7–18 Paris BN 132.1.04R b19–28 Paris BN 132.1.04R b29–V a6 Paris BN 132.1.04V a7–18 Paris BN 132.1.04V b9–17 Paris BN 132.1.04V b18–28 Paris BN 131.3.36R a7–11 Paris BN 131.3.36R a12–30 Paris BN 131.3.36R b2–4 Paris BN 131.3.36R b12–16 Paris BN 131.3.36R b24 Paris BN 131.3.36R b25–V a10

127 128 128 128 129 130 131 128 138 139 142 142 145 146 147 148

394

Index

Paris BN 131.3.36V a12 Paris BN 131.3.36V a13–16 Paris BN 131.3.36V a23–29 Paris BN 131.3.36V b4–15 Paris BN 131.3.36V b16 Paris BN 131.3.36V b19 Paris BN 131.3.36V b21 Paris BN 131.3.36V b23–26 Paris BN 131.3.36V b27–31

149 150 152 154 155 155 156 157 158

Sahidic version pLips.Inv. 310a–d & 310b

p. 326

Bohairic version ed. de Vis, Homélies II 257, 4–5 260, 2–3 263, 10 264, 7–9 264, 13 267, 1 267, 10–11 268, 13–14 272, 1–10 272, 3 272, 12 272, 13–15 273, 1–2 273, 4–5 275, 2–3 276, 1–5 277, 1–2 277, 3–4 277, 6–278, 1 278, 1–3 278, 3–4 279, 1

7 68 70 76 77 78 81 82 85 90 89 91 92 93 95 98 99 101 101 104 105 106 107

279, 3–4 280, 7 281, 2–3 281, 13 282, 1–2 282, 4 282, 9–11 282, 12–13 283, 2 284, 1–2 284, 4 284, 9 285, 5–6 285, 6 285, 13 285–86 286, 1–4 286, 6–7 286, 7–287, 2 287, 5–288, 2 289, 1–3 289, 3–290, 3 290, 3 290, 5

109 110 111 112 113 114 116 117 118 119 121 122 125 126 128 130 133 138 139 148 152 154 155 155, 156

Bohairic version ed. White, Monasteries I

8, 70

Celestine of Rome, On Archangel Gabriel ed. BMCT 21 Cyril of Alexandria, Miracles of the Three Youth ed. de Vis, Homélies II Theodosius of Alexandria, Enc. Archangel Michael ed. BMCT Ed. Budge, St Michael

18, 20 19 19

395

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

Names (personal, ethnic & toponyms) abia §2529–30

iwHannhs John the Baptist §251–2, §4011–2

anacwridikon §126–7

iwHannhs John (the Apostle) §277–8, §2818

n-apostolos §1910, – as n-eiote n-a. title25, §1510–1, §1717–

kaisaria §8827–8, kesaria §9320, §1015–

9, §12031–2, – as p-noC n-a. §2091–2

archlaos title4–5, §728, §3827–8, §4826–

7, §20215 gabrihl §1728, §2925, §306, §403–4, §11212, – plus parcaggelos (*etouaab) title15– 6, §42, §2412–3, §3327, §467–8, §5231– 2, §5924–5, §6232–1, §665–6, §6923–4, §7032–1*, §758–9, §7617–8*, §7810– 1*, §8022–3, §8617–8*, §881–2, §9124– 5*, §956–7*, §981–2*, §1003–4*, §10110–2*, §10513–4, §10811–2*, §1193–4, §12027–8, §12314–6*, §12615–6*, §13017–8, §13322–3, §1367–8, §13826–7, §13929–31*, 8–9, §1424–5, §14419–21*, §15011–2, §15132–1*, §1528–10*, §1607–8, §16114–5, §16324–6*, §16526–7, §16630–1, §1677–8, §16810–1, §1742– 3, §1758–9, 18–9, §1795–6, §18024–5, §18212–3, §18320–2*, §18532–1*, §19230–2*, §19516–7, 19–20, §1961–2, §19923–5*, §2045–7*, §20516–8*, §21925–7, §2201–2*, gaFrihl title7–8*, – as p-arcaggelos (*etouaab) alone §9814–5, §10830, §10917, §1154–5*, §11826–7*, §1524–5, §19117–8*, §2018, §20220–1 daueid §16 p-diabolos §12419–20, §14232, §1862,

§2179

eutropios (PN, M) §8826, §9016–7, 9317,

§954–5, §9613–4, 20–1, §9723, §985, 19–20, §10510, §10618, §1081–2, §11823 zacarias §2527, §418–9 i±s=A §712, §1723, §1832, §4219, §2146, §22220 qilh±=m= title26 (with add. t-), §79 p-eiwt §2417, §21928–9, §22323

6, §1057, §1082, §11824

kostantinos §616 kostantinoupolis §1726–7, §1811–2 maria §2423, §4214 micahl §1727, §2924, 3, §16914–5, – plus parcaggelos §2125–6 neapolis title6 nikwlaos §3430–1, §3929–30 p-noute title2–3, 27, §316, §54–5, §612–3,

§71, §3218, §417, §486, §5119, §5225– 6, §5923, §638–9, §6419, §7118, §7613– 4, §7719, §884–5, §9020, §9123, §1019– 10, §10220, §10918, 26, §11214, 18, §11613, §11825, §1193, §12015, 21, §1239, 12, §12614, §13718, §1423–4, §1559–10, §16113, §1677, §16920, 24– 5, §17331, §1741, §17627–8, §18015, 23, §18824, §19120, §19230, §1935, §19515–6, §2043, §20610, §20830, §20911, §21017, 19–20, §21621, §22114–5, pa-n. §2711

pe-pn±=a= etouaab

§2932–1, §21930–1, §22424–5 p-pantokratwr §2418 t-parqenos §4214, – plus etsmamaat §2424–5 perwtios (PN, M p-ἐρῳδιός) §13124,

§1327, §13425, §13716, §13820, §14010– 1, §14125, §14229–30, §1466–7, §14718– 9, §14829, §1505, 16, §15129, §15612– 3, §15716–7, §15823, §16628 petros §1831–2 siloHam §817 p-swthr §616 (pen-s.), §181 (pa-s.),

§2015–6, §2816–7, §3110

filosofron §1712–3, §1813, §18316–7,

§1868–9, §18820, §19113–4, §19630–1

396

Index

pe-c=±s= §712, §1723, §279, §17510, §22220–1 p-vhre §21929–30 Hromanos §927–8 Hulhnh §616

p-joeis the Lord §319, §197–8, §3722, §706,

§7330, §858–9, §1088, §11613, §14121; – pen-j. §711, §821, §1722–3, §2146, §22320, – pa-j. §2710, §1634

Lexical Index Especially for the Greek words, the various spellings encountered in the text are given separately. Deviations are noted in brackets behind the reference. The object marker n-/mmo- has not been listed separately. The number given refers to the paragraph and the line(s) in the column in which the word is to be found in subscript, i.e., §110 directs you to paragraph 1 of the text, line 10 of the respective column of the folio that contains §1.

Loan-words ἀγαθός §181–2, §2016, §18015–6, §2043–4, §22423–4, (-on) §1101, §11431

ἀμήν (Hamhn) title28, §22426

ἀγάπη F §1013–4, §6817, §9724–5, §10724,

ἀνάγκη F §17515–6, §1903–4

§11031, §13932, §18826, §20514, §20821– 2, §21813

ἀγγελική F (agelikh) §2415 ἀγγελίκον ADJ §93 ἄγγελος M §210–1, §2714, §2820–1, §3721,

§405

ἀναγκάξειν (anagkaze) §15128–9 ἀνάλωμα (anHalwma) §8613–4, §9323–4 ἀνάστασις F §714–5 ἀναχωρεῖν (anacwri) §3613–4, §4823–4 ἀναχωρετικόν (anacwridikon) §126–7 ἀξιωματικός title10–1, §9732

ἁγιασμός (Hagiasmos) M §12022–3

ἀπαντᾶν (apata) §18930, 31

ἅγιος M title3, §926–7, -α F §78-9

ἀπειλεῖν (apžlh) §264

ἀήρ M §18016

ἀπιστία F §20630

αἰσθάνεσθαι (aisqane) §6929, §7112

ἄπιστος in r-a. §263–4, §3824, §452

αἰτεῖν (aitei) §426 (w. ebol)

ἀπολαύειν (apolaue) §929–30, §3219

ἀιών M §2127, §2822-3

ajpoluvein (apwlu) §6921–2

ἀκρίβεια (akrhbža) §3322, §535, §21515–6

ἀπόνοια F §20631

ἀκροατής (akrwaths) §20628

ἀπόστολος title25, §1510–1, §1718–9, §1910, §12132, §2091–2

ἀληθῶς (alhqws) §313–4, (-os) §1689 ἀλλά §2924, §1087–8, §11612, §1329,

§15828, §21921

ἀμέλεια (amelža) §484

ἀργόν ADJ §21229 ἀρχάγγελος title7, 15–6, §41, §2125–6, §2229– 30, §2413, §3326, §401–2, §4321, §4426– 7, §467, §5231, §5924, §6232–1, §639–10,

397

Archelaos, In Gabrielem §665–6, §6923–4, §7032, §758, §7617, §7910, §8022–3, §8617, §881, §9124, §956, §981, 14–5, §1003, §10110–1, §10513, §10830, 11, §10917, §1154, §11826, §1193–4, §12027–8, §12314–5, §12615, §13017, §13322–3, §1367–8, §13826, §13929–30, 8–9, §1424–5, §14419–20, §15011–2, §15132–1, §1524– 5, 8–9, §1607, §16114, §16324, §16526–7, §16630, §1677–8, §16810–11, §1742, §1758, 18, §1795, §18024, §18212, §18320–1, §18532, §19117, §19230–1, §19516, 19–20, §1961, §19923–4, §2018, §20220–1, §2045–6, §20516–7, §21925–6, §2201 ἀρχαῖος §157 (-on) title23 ἄρχειν (arcež) §104 (e-), §547 (n-), §7830 (n-), §9012–3 (n-), (arci) §5223 (n-), (arcie) §1167 (n-)

§10616, §10829, §11215, §1152, §1167, §11823, §12016, §12527, 4, §12611, §12825, §13122, §13316, 20, §13715, §13820, 22, §14011, §14120, §14226, 32, §14527, §1464, §14719, §14826, §15127, §15611, §15717, §15822, §15931, §1649, §16628, §1675, §17216, §17324, 28, §17621, §1813, §18529, §18819, §19226, §1947, §19518, §19628, §19816, §21629, §2175, (te) §1057 δημιουργία (dumiourgia) F §315 διακονεῖν (džakoni) §9321 (e-), (diakonež)

§943

διακονητής (diakoniths) §1128–9, §1423–4,

§16631–2

διάλογος title1, 20 διοίκησις F (dihkhsis) §1557 διώκειν (dioke) §6124

ἄρχων §9510–1

δρομεύς M (dromeos) §12828

ἀσκεῖν (askež) §92

δύναμις F §6110, 25

ἀσπάζειν (aspaze) §19922, §2019

δωρεά §1197–8

ἀτονεῖν (adonei) §14827

δῶρον §855

ἄφθαρτος §784–5

εἰκών F (Hikwn) §19816, §19923, (qikwn DEF-εἰ.) §2015, §20219–20,

βαπτιστήριον M §12020 βασιλικός (basilikon) §19527 βιβλιοθήκη (biblioqukh) §1319–20, §141–2 βίος M §92 βοήθεια F (bohqža) §54 βοηθός M §55, §17512 γάρ §616, §1211, §9619, §10813, §1117,

§1689, §17624, §18023, §19817, §2062, §2098, §21018, §21812

γραμμάτιον (gramation) §1439–10 δέ §727, 30, §923, §154, §2526, §306, §3110, §3214, §3428, §359, §3613, §3719, 20, §4320, §466, §4712, §4823, §4910, 12, §5119, §5223, §5412, §5622, §583, §6029, §633, §6520, §6928, §719, §7219, §7324, §7611, §7822, 30, §814, §851, §8611, §898, §9016, §9317, §941, §9614, §981, 12, 15, §9921, 23, §10028, §10511,

§20328, §20411

εἰρήνη F title26–7, §5017–8, (Trhnh DEF-εἰ.)

§3112, §468–9, §11716

εἰς §16112 εἶτα (ita) §1757, §18132 εἴτε in eite … eite … §1296–7 ἐκκλησία F §1123–4, 26–7, §5122, §548–9, §6525–6, §7824, §912, §10617, §11029, §12010–1, §13019, §13320–1, §13824, §19819, (kklhsia) §1316–7, §3323–4 ἐκπλήσσειν (plhse) §4913 ἔκστασις (exstasis) §17330 ἐλάχιστος M §729, – in mnte. F §3432–1, §4717–8 ἐλέγχειν (elecei) §1492, (elece) §15012, 23, §15720 ἐνέργεια (energia) §12419, §1975

398

Index

ἐνεργεῖν (energi) §5228, §12312–3, (energei) §2044

καταλελεῖν (katalalež) §20827–8, §2092–3,

ἐξηγεῖσθαι (exhgžze) §1238

καταπέτασμα M §2929–30

ἐξομολόγησις F §1934

κελεύειν (kuleue) §1127–8, §4721, §13211–2

ἐπει (epž) §14932

κεφάλαιον (kefaleon) §14018–9, §14717–8

ἐπειδή (epidh) §423, §1043, §18422, §18929,

κηρύσσειν (kurize) §4110

§1978

ἐπίβουλος M §21814–5 ἐπιθυμεῖν (epequmež) §21125 επίσκοπος M title5, §3429–30, §359–10,

§3614–5, §4323–4, §4712, §1221

ἐργάτης M §6530, §8615, §8831, §913, §9322, §9427, §9730, §9812–3, §1001, §1085, §11323 ἔτι ADV (etei) §583, §7829, (eti) §942, (aitež) §730, §6031, (eitei) §923, §3719

4

κιθάρα ([ki]qara) §13 κληρονομεῖν (klhronomež) §11032–1 κληροῦν (klhrou) §341 κόσμησις §12013–4 κόσμος M §1214–5, §2019–20, §2419–20,

§2068

κραυγή (kraukh) §5625 κρίμα §21518, (grima) §2064 κρίνειν (kržne) §20611, §2096

εὐαγγέλιον M §12423–4

κτίσις F §16922–3

εὐτελής P §428

λαιμήν/lumen M (loimhn) §13016, §13322, §13825, §14418–9, §1523–4, §18211, §18320, §18829, §19519, §2017

εὐφροσύνη §1012–3 εὐχαριστεῖν (eucarista) §3217 εὐχή F §12527 ζωγραφεῖν (sografž) §13015–6, §13324,

§13827, §14421–2

ἤ §21412 ἡγούμενος (Hugoumenos) §1016–7 θαρρεῖν (qarž) §13931 θεός §16112–3 θεσμός §12130 θλῖψις §17517 θρόνος M §342, §19818, §21620–1 θυρωρός (qurouros) §109 ἱερατεῖον (Hžeration) M §12530–1 καλλωπίζειν (kalžopize) §1211–2 κάν §14715, §20329 κανκέλιον/cancellus §1291

λαός M §5811, §7914, §851, §16410, §20515 λειτουργός (litourgos) P §211–2 λῖμμα M §14716–7 λίτρα §18318, §1864, 5, 7, §1905, 8, 9, §19523, 24–5 λοιπόν §123–4, §1315, §10327, §12930, §13015, §15219, §20623, §20713 λουτήρ M §13020–1 μάγγανον (makganon) §8019–20 μάστιξ F §744 μέλος §20825 μέν §20513 μέρος §18029 μετανοία F §20716–7, subscript31–2 μηνύειν (meneue) §1015, (mhneue) §224

κατά §17, §611, §10220, §12128–9, §16924, §20932

μοναστήριον M §925–6, §106–7, 17–8

καταλαλιά §20828–9

μυστήριον M §1725

μοναχός M §931–2, §1130

399

Archelaos, In Gabrielem νόμος M §2094–5, 6, 11

πραγματεία F §1714, §1815

νοῦς F §533

πραγματευτής §17131–2, §17323, §18030–1

οἰκοδομή §12017

πραγματεύεσθαι (prakmateue) §13129–30

οἰκοδόμος (ekwthmos) §9431–1

πρέπειν (prepež) §12014, (prežpž) §20717–8

οἰκονομεῖν (oikonwmei) §12021–2

πρεσβεία (presbža) §16921

ὁλοκόττινος (Holokotinos) §13128–9, §14015, §18426–7

πρεσβεύειν (presbeue) §16918

ὄλως ADV (Hwlos) §14230, §14426, §14531,

προαίρεσις (proHairesžs) §2217

§1468, §15019

πρεσβύτερος M §731, §3827–8, §4827–8 προθεσμία F §14228–9, §1469, (proqusmža)

ὄντως (wntos) §10221

§13613–4

ὀπτασία F §814–5 οὐδέ §11028, §14424, §14724, §15827,

§21121, §21228, §21332, §2148,

οὐδέ … οὐδέ … §1591–3, §21619–24 οὖν §104, §546, §6031, §17026

πρόνοια F §17627 πρός PRP §858, §9130 προσαγορεύειν (prosagoreue) §1119–20, (prosagoraue) §4215

οὐκοῦν §15719

προσκυνεῖν (proskune) §4720, (proskunež) §1397–8

πάντως (pantos) §10331–1

πρόσοδος (prosHwdos) §10814–5

παρά PRP §2713, §342

προσφορά F §11030,

παραγγέλλειν (paraggeile) §2144–5

προτομή F (prodomh) §18531, §19116,

παράδοξον §17030

προφήτης M §15

παρακαλεῖν (parakalei) title12–3, §1424–5,

ῥάβδος (Hrabtos) §8024–5

§884, §13231–2, §1759–10, §19119–20, §22214, (parakalž) §10332

πέλαγος M (pulagos) §1798–9 πιστεύειν (pisteue) §13530 (e-), §1507 (e-), §15322–3 (e-), §1542 (na-) πίστις F §9122, §19814, §2015–6, §20327 (pisÜtisÝ) πλεῖν (plea) §1726, (plaia) §18132 πληγή (plugh) §6930 πλῆκτρον (plektron)

M

§12–3

πλήσσειν (plugh) §6531 (see Grammar) πνεῦμα (pn±=a=) M [§211] πνευματικός (pna±=k±=o±=n=) §14 πονηρός M §21630–1, §2172 πόλις F title12, §79, §3216, §3325, §1711, §1827–8 πορνεύειν (porneue) §21122

σάρξ F §17 (sa…r…x), – in jisarx §2422 σημαίνειν (sumane) §2420, §2530 σκαφή F §18026, σκάφος M §17218, §17730–1, §1797 σκεπάζειν (skupaze) §7914–5 σκότιος (skotinon) §6111–2 σκύλλειν (skullei) §10725 σοφία F §320–1, §57, §622, §18314 σοφός M §58 σπουδάζειν (spoudaze) §12930–1 σπουδαῖος ADJ §12931–2 σπουδή M §12722–3, §18213 στάδιον §1784 σταυρός (sRo±=s=) M §711 στοά (stwa) §7829 στῦλος (stullos) M §7828, 32, §8020–1,

400 27–8, 31, §8421, 28, 29, §12422–3, §12525–6, 29, §12718, §1293–4, 10, §20216–7 συγγνώμη (sungnomh) §16326–7 συγγράφειν (sografž) §13015–6, §13827, (sografež) §13424, §14421–2 σύναξις F §1222 συνείδησις (sunhdusžs) §2215–6 σύνταγμα title22, §158, (suntakma) §1614–5, §347

Index τότε §12929, §13015, §17729, §20112 τροφή §1032 τρισάγιος (ÜtÝrisagžos) M §12528–9 ὑπομονή (Hupomonh) §2176–7 ὑποπόδιον (Hupopodion) §21622–3 φαντασία §21710 φοβερός §1223 φωνή (fonh) §130–1 χαρίζειν (carize) §707, §7331, §19123

σῶμα M §5519–20, §585

χάρις F §22318

ταλαιπωρία (talaiporia) F §8910-1

χιών §2013

τάφος §713, §587,

χορηγεῖν (cwrigh) §1089

τάχα §14231,

χρεία F §1213–4

τέκτων §942

χρηστήριον §12018–9 see χριστιανιστήριον

τελε(ι)οῦν (telžou) §19629 τεχνίτης §9428, (tucniths) §8018, §914 τιμᾶν (tma) §8615 τιμή (dimh) §1963 τολμᾶν (toloma) §20631–2 τόπος M §72, §822, §129, §5229, §855,

§8616, §8832, §9325, §1002, §12313–4, §15132, §1606, §16526, §16629–30, §19632–1, §19710, §20031–2, §2214

χριστιανιστήριον §7825–6, §12018–9 (crhsthrion) χωρίς §9427–8 ψάλλειν ([y]al…lin) §11–2 ψυχή F §21818 ὡς (Hws) §21514 ὥστε (Hwsde) §11931, §12723, §17212–3

Coptic words a- ‘ca.’ see below under naaiai §318 alh §1728, §17217 amaHte §6126, §1168–9, §18025–26, §18710 anav §2131, §2148, §21732 anok §612, §728, §112, §3214, §403, §417, §4212, §4912, §6231, §1117, §11212, §11321, §20214 anon §427, §6818, §1087, §10813 (2x) ape §607, §2149 arhou §882 auw sentence initial §816, §1429, §1612,

§2228, §235, §2410, §263, §343, 5, §5518, §5626, §5730, 32, §6025, §6115, 22, §6926, §757, §7614, §7719, §8016, §828, 11, §8420, §853, §8825, §9014, §926, §1015, 17, §10921, §11321, §11715, §11829, §12232, §12416, 20, §12524, §12717, §1294, §13531, §13610, §14227, §14411, 15, §14827, §15018, §15131, §15322, §15426, §1558, §16215, 19, §1631, §16412, 14, §16524, §1662, §16811, §16916, §17626, §18018, §18314, §18715, §19123, §1933, §1973, §19811, §20028, §20323, §20432, §20824, 30, §21627, §21816, resultative §1014, §1119, §6411, §6818, §7112, 17, §7432, §787, §1115, §11426, 29,

401

Archelaos, In Gabrielem §1257, §14531, §16329, §19119, §1949, clause coord. PF I §4428, §1154, DEP §8719, 21, 23, CNJ §451, §18316, §19629, §20717, TMP §4715, NP coord. §11, §56, §2710, §292, §549, §15614, Attribute coord. §15025, AdvP coord. §18824 auein §17221 av §title18 avai —, †ov §9924, §19815, §20719, avai M §10032 aHerat® §1131–2, §2230, §2821–2, §2925–6,

§7115–6, §785–6, §7911–12, §801, §8429–30, §9318–9, §11213, §1259, §1525–6, §16813, §16915–6

ajn- §483, §802, ajen- §223 bw §21411 baivenouFe §2416–7, §406, §16812,

§21927–28

bwk §4832, §5017, §10330, §10511, §1322, §14829, §15014, §16520, w. va- §816, §3428, §4719, w. e- §705, §12913, §13820, 23, §1399, §14013, §15131, §17912, §1811, w. eHoun e- §9126, §10616, §10829, §1522, w. eHrai e§3112, §3615, §469, §11719, w. eHoun mpemto n- §221, w. ejn- §18021, w. Haten- §1826, w. n- §72, §17213 bhke §6820, bhkh §18316, §18428 bal §5817, §788, §15932, §18715, §19125, §1922, §1948, 12, §19927 blle §19811, in r-blle §18714 barwt §1292 bote §20829, §21016, §21711, in r-bote §21019 bwCe —, boC® §1258, §17625 boCs —, in ji-boCs §12827 ebihn in mnt-ebihn §5629 ebot §12025 emate §314, §22032

empo P §615, in mnt-empo §266 emton §6926 eneH §22426 as nvaeneH §22425–6 enkotk §704, §7219, §10832–1, §12532–1, in mannkotk §663–4 eoou §1729, §4611, §11720, §12011–2,

§12914, §15323, §1633, §20519, §22422, – in T-eoou §638, §6418, §7117, §7613, §11825, §1192, §12613, §22110 erhu as ne-PRN-erhu in ejn- §12721–2, 24– 5, in mn- §929, in eHoun e- §20823–4 errht §8612, §1102, rrht §18423, §18827 esht §6031–2 – in e-p-e. §5410, §6413, §6529, §6711–2,

§6921, §16413–4

etbe title14, §10032, §16921, §20516, §21813–4, etbh(h)t- §348, §3825–6,

§455, in etbeje- §1468 in etbeou see below sub ou

etmmau M §91, §1018, §129–10, §1318, §8720, §9811, §12911, §1977, §21815–6, F §5810–1, §20328, §20412, P §822, ABS P §10925 evje §15020, in nqe evje §745, in kan evje §14715 ejn- §925, §237 (ejen-), §2822 (ejen-), §452, §6529, §663, §7116, §7914, §815, §8318, §9018, §11827, §11932, 5, §12528, 9, §12721, 24, §18019, 21, §19817, §20219, ejw® §265, §6113, §885, §11218–9, §13127, §17510–1, §19120, §2063, – in eHrai ejn-/ejw® §4325, §4913, §5232, §18717, ei §5623, §6116, §621, §6521, §6523, §9725,

§1031, §10515, §14228, §15430, §2011, w. ebol §1119, 26, §5015, §6927, §12826, §1594, §21231, w. eHoun §1422, §783, §957, §10726, §19812, w. va- §425, §7031, §7325, §759, §13211, §13320, w. e- §345, §482, §829, §16415, w. ejn-

402 §925, §12527, w. etoot- §155, w. epesht §6528, w. Hrai ejw® §18716, w. na® §15211, †nhu (eHoun) §98 , §104 9 4

Index PL kooue §9211

eie §1017

kw §1632, 4–5, §19121 (na® ebol), ka- ebol §17220–1, kaa® §236, §8026–7, §8427, §12422, §17731, kaa® epesht §6711, §6921, §16413–4; kw ebol M §20718

eime §431, §17911–2, §18022, §21731–2

kwb §9926

eine §265, §854, §8612, §9127, §1322, §16521, en- §1506, §17326, ent® §6415,

kwk —, †khk §2012, 11

§911–2, §927, §9324, §9925, §19632

eire §583, §7823, §19522, ežre §583–4,

§7719, §7823, §9429, §1222, §20715, 20, r§182, §263, §3214 (er-), §3824, §452, §706 (er-), §7330 (er-), §8616, §8831, 3, §9426, §9923, §1002, §10222 (er-), §10621, §10923, §1153, §11932, §14826, §1632, 6 (er-), §18530 (er-), §18714, §18822, §1949, §1978, §20032, §21019 (er-), §21411 (er-), aa® §820, §5227, §10924, §19122, †o §730, §817, §2528, §6111, 19, §6228, §669, §8426, §9215, §958, §983, §13531, 4, §13610, §1397, §15025, §15217, §16631, §21015, §21126, IMP ari- §9724, §10724, §1114, §1556, §18825

žwrH §1948 eis §601, §665, §706, §7330, §13426, §15429, §15613, §19811, §20512 – in eisHhhte §15017, §15429 eiat in touniat® ebol §185 eiwt §16, §223, §2417, §2931, §4829–30, §498, §1352, 2–3, §1366, §21928–9,

§22423,

eiote PL title25, §1510, §1717, §12131,

subscript, 32

eive —, avt® §16216 hi §665, §8912, §9127, §9810, §10030,

§10116, §1045, §10727, §10831, §11718, §12913, §13821, §14010, 13

hp §662 hpe §9431, – in ji-hph §1227, in at-ji-hpe §2049 ke §199, §9429, §10118, §14124, §14416, §1663, §17028, §1907, 9, §2041,

kake §6111 kalaHh §2422–3 kim §8029, §15826, 29, §1592, §17331 kamh §21411, 13 kwmv §9014 koons §584 kro §17732 krmrm §9013 kas —, in merkas §669 kwt §3323, §6525, 28, kot® §74 kwt §5121 kwte §9615–6, §1294, §1904, kot® §4825,

§18020

kwte §7220 kto —, kto® §816, §3216, §13532, §1636, §1662, §20714 kots §2174 koui M §1432, §5414, §601, §10118, §10329, §1059, §17218, F §1316, 19, §8613, §1032, PL §3215, §9129, §9323, §10114, ABS S §6116, §10225, §11427, §16219, ABS P §5922, – in noukouž §1421–2, kaH §321, §2310, §5411, §604, §15825, §16217, §21622 coiaHk §309 lo §987, §18018, §20110 lwx §608, lax® §5415 las M §614 laau §484, §802, §9214, §9619, §9818, §10621, §11431, §1226, §14230, 1–2, §14310, §14414, 26, §14530, 2, §1467,

403

Archelaos, In Gabrielem §14716, 24, §15018, 21, §15432, §17910, §2098, §2147 ma §91, §125, 10, §1317, §705, §7329, §8431, §9616, §9811, §10115, §10832, §12528, §13824, §1523, §20624 – in ma n-vwpe §3616–7; in ma n-Coile §125; in epma n- §11427, §1904–5, 10 me ‘truth’ §11614, §2061 me §2819, §1103, – in mai-noute §74–5, 6–7, §3428–9, §20515–6; in mnt-mai-noute §424; in mai-rwme §5226–7; in mnt-mai-rwme

§1011, §1430–1, §22319; in mnt-mai-son §20822–3

merit §278, merate PL §1676, §17027 mou §5521, §571, §586, §6115, §6415, †moout §206 ; M §163 , §166 , §173 12 8 1 26 mkaH —, †mokH §17324 mmau §3215, §9214–5, §10815, §1328, §15024, §2098–9 mmin mmo® §2149 mmon §21517, §21627–8, 28 mn- §614, 21, §712, 14, §819, §924, §1012, §112, §1213, §1728, §199, §2127, §2421, §2924, 28, 32, §454, §532, §5626, §5921, 22, §639, §7220, §7824, 28, 1, 2, §8019, §857, §8910, §9123, 29, 32, 4, §928, §9319, §941, §9617, §1001, §10110, 13, §1082, 10, §10923, 25, §11030, 31, §11110, §11218, §1141, §11717, §11823, §1193, §12018, 19, §12311, §12614, §13932, 3, §1424, §1494, §1509, §15324, §1544, §1557, §16217, §16332, §16418, §16522, §1677, §16922, §17221, §17516, §18030, §1865, §1909, §1936, §19412, §19524, §20518, 19, §20630, 12, §20822, §21230, §2179, §21929, 30, §2216, §22318, §22423, 24; nmma® §924, §112–3, §2932, §3932, §7720, §11326, §13213, §13319, §14412, 18, §14528–9, §15218–9, §18425 (nemma-), §20826 moun (ebol) §2175

mine §10816, §2062–3 mnnsa- §152–3, §6115–6, §16219, mnnsws §1122, 25, §988, §1209, §2011 mntre §1392, 6, §14416, §1491–2, §1506–7, 24, §15215–6, §15614; – in r-mntre §14413, 25, §15614; †o m-mntre §152 17 mpva §20716, M §343 mour §8018, mor® §9318, §12418 mise §19811 mhse §1509 mht ‘ten’ §9926, mnt- §294–5, §6118–9, §1783, §19522–3 mto in m-POSS.M®…-mto ebol §2231, §18824–5, in m-pe-mto n- §2223, §2930– 1, §11213–4, §13020, §18823, §1934–5

mate §12911–2, §20331 mhte §9512, §9817, §11322–3, §12826–7, §1798, §19818–9, mhtei §9729–30, §1393, §14412 moute §125–6, §2532–1, §4218, §8825, §1015, §10330, §10511–2, §1081, §13317, §1711 matoi §9510, §984, §10331, §10512, §10619 motnes §7510, §811–2 matou §5519 maau §76, §2424 moou §17625 mauaa- §111, §9621, §9820, §11614, §17219–20, §17327, §17625–6 (mau{m}aa-), §1771, §2064 meeue §9614, §15010, §17328, §20628, in (e)r-POSS-meeue §883, §10222 mhhve §588, §5919, §632–3, §8319, §9210– 1, §1224, §12611, §1936, §19813, mmhhve §1605–6, §1979, §20030–1

moove §923, §5818, §9511, §11324, §15128,

§1799

mouvt §153, movt® §14830, §15015, 17 maF- §9429

404 mouH §321, meH- §5519, maH- §14232, †meH

§1013

maaje §19414 n- §58, §614, §1128, §1832, §6026, §638,

§6418, §7118, §7613, §11612, §11825, §1192, §12614, §13425, §1351, §13716, §1398, §14019, §14231, 2, §14719, §15612, §1609, §20325, na® §59, §108, §124, §1426, 32, §1722, §2017, §2531, §3111, §3720, §3823, 25, §403, §4110, §469, §4721, §4824, 26, 28, 30, §497, §6227, 31, §6819, §6923, §702, 7, §7222, §7324, 28, 31, §829, §8827, §9121, 31, §9724, §1017, §1083, 6, 10, §10920, §1168, 12, §11716, §1323, 6, §1363, 11, §13719, §1395, §14122, §14310, §14529, 31, 3, §1464, 7, §14712, 14, 16, 17, 22, 23, §14831, §1491, §1505, 8, 14, 19, 20, 21, §15211, 12, 20, §15325, §15432, 3, §16220, §16326, 31, 2, 5, §16417, §17327, §1745, §17512, §18028, §1829, 11, §18315, §1868, §18828, §1906, §19121, 24, §1921, 2, §20821, §2145, §21732, §21924, §22422, nh® §620, §11111, §11220, §11428

na- POSS.P- title2 na- ‘about’ §9426, a- §6118, §16218, §1783 na §1391, §1921 naž DEM.P §73, §923, §2711, §319, §4319, §466, §5227, §929, §987, §1153, §15611, §15822, §1649, §17621, §20113, §2047, §20513, §2062, §21629 nei- §9210, §9730, §1394, §14721, §21013, §21228, 30, §21332 neeb §18020, 29–30, nhhb §17216 noub §1395, §1426, §1465, §14713, 23,

§14831, §1527, §15326, §16418, §16521, §18424, 27, §1865, §1908, §19525, nouF §15213; – in Haunoub §1827, §18318–9, §18530, §19226–7, HaunouF §19517–8 nobe §17214, §20719, in r-nobe §1631–2, §18822 noeik §21126

Index nka §10118, enka §1059 nim QU §56, §625, §1213, 14, §2232, §237, §2927, §6416, §8421, §11932, §1295, 8, §16917, §18931, §19410, §19521, 26, §20325, 30, §2067, §21015, §21818 nim IRP §1910, §3931, §6228, §1366 nane- —, nanou® §1114, §11215–6,

§12828–9

nsa- §4717, §6125, §9616, 20, §9726, §9819, §15015, §15215, §17326, §17910, §18820, §2093, 4, 9, §21124, nsw® §1726–7, §1912, §2123, §786–7, §11722, §14711, §15022, §15130, §20828, §21819–20; see also sub vine & kw nese- —, nesw® §1913 noute in mai-n. §74–5, 6–7, §3428–9, §20516, mnt-m. §424, for p-n. ‘God’ see Name-Index ntok §3931, §15220, §1555, ntk- §3931, §6227, §9731, §1395 noutm —, †notem §12 ntwtn §1084 ntoou §16917 ntoF §615, §2229, §235, §359, §499, §6028, §7324, §1812 nau §2122, §619, §6417, §6712, §799, §8016, §814, 6, §8212, §8315, §8420, §926, §955,

§9619, §9819, §1018, §10622, §11215, §11322, §12612, §12717, §13321, §1466, §15931, §1608, §1675, §1948, 11, §20029

nau §1977 nave- §5814, navw® §1224–5, §17517,

§20324

neeF see neeb above neH §1253, 6 nouH §8019, 30 naHren- §21017, 19 neHse §719 naHte –; in at-naHte §16329; – as nHot N in †o nHotsic §13531, 4,

§13610, §1397, §15025

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

405

nouj §6523, †nhj §12525

§497, §6026, 29, §6227, 30, §6922–3, §702, §7221, §7324, 27, §829, §8314, §8827, §9723–4, §984, §1016–7, §10723, §1083, 6, §13232, 6, §1351, §1367, 9, §13715–6, §14712, 19, §14828, §1527, §15612, §15717, §16416, §17432, §1757, §1828–9, §18821, §1914, peje- §10917, §13424, §13528–9, §1365, §1505, 13, 15, 19

nouj §2131, §2171 noC title2, §314, §1010, 12, §1729, §2412, §5731, §5812, §7111, §7616, §8317, §959, §10227, §10811, §11429, §12013, §1223, §12722, §13125, §1321, §16111, §16322, §16416, §1689, §17131, §17211, §17515, 16, §18017, §18716, §1962, §1975, §2091, §2176, §21923, §22031, PL §5922, §854, §1197, §12011, §20323, §2041, §20519

ro §510, §106, 8, §13018, §13320, rw-2PL §21232

nCi- title2, 10, §624, §74, §821, §108, §1423, §156, §1613, §1722, 27, §1831, §2015,

rike —, rakt® §928, §2178

§277, §2816, §3614, §3721, §3929, §401, §4321, 23, §4426, §467, §5413, §6117, §662, §6815, §6923, §7032, §7325, §783, §8313, §8826, §954, §9723, §10617, §10829–30, §11429, §12931, §1321, 7, §13532, §14228, §1526, §15822–3, §1605, §18530, §1868, §19113, §19410, §19630, §1979, §19926, §20030, §2011, 11, §2091, 9, §2145

rw §746 rime §5627, §16412

pe §3113, §21620, ph §16217, PL phue

rwme §5415, §5622, §5732, §585, 15–6, §6026, §635–6, §668, §6711, §6815, §703, §718, §7218–9, §7326, §7611, §8315, §8720, §9016, §9316, §9731, §9812, §10620, §12417, §12825, §12931, 5, §13123, 26, §1321, 3, 9, §13315–6, §13427, §1353, §13714–5, §13822, §1393–4, §14014, §14123, §1422, §14411, §1463, §14720, §14826, §15013– 4, 20, §15127, §15211, 15, §16331, §16417, §16524, 25, §19226, §20325, §2095–6, 10, §21014–5, 18, in mnt-r. §238, in maž-r. §5226–7, in mnt-m. §1011, §1430–1, §22319

pw® POSS.M.ABS +1S §13612, +3MS §14019 – pa- §1197, §17132

rompe §6119, §14017, §14226

oeik §9128, §9727, §10114, §10329, §1046,

§10728

on §317, §235, §2526, §292, §346, §6520,

§8016, §8420, §8611, §10120, §13122, §14415, §15014, §15427, 1, §1757 §2127, §4610, §11719–20, §22217

rmmao §856, §13316, §13715, §13822, §14123, §14231, 2–3, 7

paž DEM.M §2232, §2413, 16, §3431, §5417, §12531, §15827, §1593, §20610, §22421, – in (e)r-paž §17329

ran §251, §3325, §4219, §5230, §8721, 23, §13123, §1712, §20522, rin- in Trin- §404–5

pei- DEM.M §729, §1214, §1911, §2121, §485, §1393, §15211, §16331, 5, §17028, §1744, §18828, §2043, §21922

rpe §2528

pwrv —, †parv §7913, †porv §21923–4

raste §13717

pwt §7329, §12721, §1299, §13125, †pht §56 24 pave §6928, §14122, 24

rro §77, in mntrro §1828, mntero §22216–7; rrw F §75 rat —, DUAL ouerhte §5416, §608, §6532, §7116–7, §1256–7, 10, §21614

pwH §1251

roouv —, in bipr. §1132, Fipr. §8829–30, §10328, §1058

peja® §1832, §2017, §279, §2817, §3823, §3930, §402, §4530–1, §4825–6, 28, 30,

sa §2124, §2411, §2927, 28, §15827, §1592, §16813, 16;

406

Index

in nsa ousa §111, §9726 – in sambol in Fi sambol mmo§4429–30, §1156, §21012

sops §237, §11217, §16922, §19118, seps §18826

se ‘yes’ §21626, 27

site —, sat- §1862

si §9922 so §18317, §1867, §1905, 9 sou- §294, §308, §12023, §22111 sobte §583–4, §7823 sobH §2012, swbH §20112 saie —, in mntsaie F §19521, mntsaeÜiÝh

§1212–3

soeit §1594 swk §17628, §2063, in swk Hht® §19921–2 skim in rmskim §669 solp §18712 smh §5731, §742, §16112, §16322–3, §19228 smine §18210, §20616, smnt- §18425, †smont §169 23

sate §313 swte §7720–1 swtm §130, §182–3, §5623, §6029–30, §634,

§741–2, §852, §1152, §1191, §16410–1, §19232, §19413, sotm® §453

satne —, †soutwn §2218 sTnouFe §5813, §7111, §1253, §12719 swtp —, sotp® §2018–9, §2712 (sopt-sic), †sotp §202 18 sooun §7326, §899, §1395, §15210, §15427, 1 souen —, souent- §5814–5 sooutn ebol §8023–4, §8423 swouH §1605, §2213, †soouH §589, §1225, §19710, §20031 savF M §2820

smot §667, §958–9, §983

svChr §1729

smou §4829, §10113, 19, §10223, 25, §10918, §1119, §11219, §11325, §11717, subscript31, †smamaat §2425

sHai —, sHe- §1439, †shH §1615, §1525

smou §930, §1088, §14120, in jismou §5015 son §1423, §18822, §19115, §2093, in mntmaison §20823, in reFHotFson §20831, PL snhu §931, §1129, §2018, §6030,

§9512–3, §20713

swnt §322 sunte §548, §6032, §6522 snau M §1912, §2121, §606, §6121, §18029, §18715; snte F §16218, in constr. -snoous §294–5, §308, §9429– 30, §12024, §1783, §19522–3, §22112; in meH-snau §2415, §781; in m-p-snau §2713 sop §9927, §1635, §1663, §1744, – in epesop §8021, – in Hiousop §857, §18031, §15224–5,

§17821

seepe §10028–9

saF in nsaF §3828 sHime §5626, §7221, §8724, §8826, §898,

§911, §9319–20, §1016, §1057, §1083, §11824, §1297, §21124, PL Hiome §5921

swC —, †shC §12417, §12532, 4 sCraHt §18017 ta- POSS F §14123, 25 T §57 , §613, 20, §124, §1426, 32, §3111, §468, §6819, §11715, §13611, §1394, §14018, §14230, 1, §14530, §1464, 7, §14715, 17, 23, §14830, §15018, 21, §15325, §15432, §16326, 30, §16417, §1814, §18315, 17, §1906, 7, §1921, §21922, taa® §13719, §14714, §14932, 3, §1508, §16523, 25, §18319, §1868, §1892 – in T-eoou §638, §6418, §7117, §7613, §11825, §1192, §12613, §22110; in T nteuch §12526; in T-motnes §7510; in T-rin® §404; in T-twn §14528;

407

Archelaos, In Gabrielem in T-toot® §4426; in T m-POSS-ouoi title9, §9722, §10722, §1254, §19920, §2014, §20326; in T-oube §624, 25–6, §20910; in T nvlhl §3617; in T-qh §16220; in T-Hth® §534 taž DEM.F §622 tei- DEM.F §1015, §1119, §1615, §1914, §5014, §6229, §886, §10220, §10816, §12720, §13928, §1438, §15131, §1528, §17132, §17327, §17432, §1757, §1933, §2062 tbbo —, †tubbhu §2216 toobeF §18711 taio —, †tažhu §715, §15324; M title6–7,

§7616, §16810, §2097, §22032

§8319, §851, §987, §9922, §10921, §11111, §11432, §11718, §12018, §12611, §12720, §1543–4, §1631, §16410, 11–2, §16919, 23, §1746, §18315, §1936, §1979–10, §20113, §2068–9, §2173–4 – in epthrF §3512, §746, §1451, §15432, §15830, §21517 twre in veptwre §13427–8, §1354, §15221, vptwre §1324, 14, in rmvptwre §15026, §15614–5 – in Hi-toot® §53, §3220, §5120, §7826,

§17216–7, §17624, §18529; in T-toot® §4426 – in ntoot® §3218, §6527, §8425–6, §13215, §14415, §15214, in etoot® §155–6, in ebol Hitoot® §5016, §6927, §7721, §2045, §22421–2

tako §1325–6

twrp §21817

talo §663, §9132, §17125, §19631, §20219, †talhu §172 , §177 , §198 15 30 17

tws —, †ths §571

talCo —, talCo® §6817–8;

thu §17211

M §708,

§7232, §12912, §20324, 31–2

twm §2067

tsabo —, sebia-2.PL ebol §618–9 toou §1720

tmo §8830, §1085, tma- §8615

taouo §5230, §1252, taue- §12718–9, tauaa® title1

tamo §1724, tama §21514, tamo® title14, §198

twoun §4831, §5817, §661, §704, §7115,

tamio §29–10, §12932, §18828, §19115–6, §19518, §19628, tamio® §319, §239, §12012, §16920, §18423, §19525–6, §2219; M §16919

tounos —, tounos® §621–2, §817

twms —, toms- §587 twn §17913

§7328, §743, §8828–9, §12530, §13823, §14011, §15127, §18019

toujo —, toujo® §17219, §1743, §1771 twv —, tov® §859, §14121, §1425 tavo —, tavee- §20625

tnnoou §13212, §17511, tnnoou® §2419,

taHo §12023, taHe-2.PL §1116, taHo® §7114; in taHo® erat® title17, §2715, §293–4, §307, §4427–8, §7827, 31, §8422, 31–2; M title15, 21, §432, §12026

thnH §6121, §7913, §8317

twHm §105

tap §606

twHs —, taHs® §1256

tapro §612–3, 21, §3826, §2066–7

tajro §6522, tajre §9017–8

thr® §320, §1914, §2020, §238, §2415, §2714, §5520, §589, §5919, §6230, §633,

twCe §2016

twn in T-twn §14528

§418, §4213, §1118, §13318, tnnoou nsa- §4716–7, §14711, §18819

twCs §15824

408 ou §498, §6027, §6713, §7222, §8210, 12, §15616, PL §14720, §2097, §21020 – in etbe-ou §3824–5, §703, – in r-ou §9210 oua IDF §1614, §6526, 29, §8611, §13212, §1826, §2011, NUM §5923, §16113, §19515, – in poua poua §859–10 oua in mnt-reF-ji-oua §21230–1 oue §1782 (ÜouÝh) ouw §6414, §21126 (w. DEP) ouaab —— – in etouaab title8, §131, 5–6, §73, 13,

§154–5, 11, §1718, §291, §3510, §6310, §701, §7617–8, §7910–1, §8618, §9125, §956–7, §981–2, §1004, §10111, §10812, §1155, §11827, §12131–2, §12315, §12615–6, §13930, §14420, §1511, §1529, §15325, §1544–5, §16325, §18321, §1851, §19117–8, §19231, §19924, §2046, §20517–8, 22, §21926, 31, §2202, §2214–5, 11, §22425, subscript32 – in DEF-petouaab ‘Saint’ §4711–2 ouhhb §2528–9, §419 oube —; for T-oube- see above under T oubav —, †ouwbv §21412, 12–3 ouoi in T-POSS-ou. e- title9–10, §9722,

§10723, §1254–5, §19920, §2014, §20326–7

Index ouwn §59, §107, §531, §5816, §788, §19926, †ouhn §159 32 ounam §2124, §2927, §5416, §16916 ounou §16218, §17911 – in nteunou ADV §5518, 21, §5810, §619, 14, §6412, §7113, §741, §788–9, §8028, §8430, §11715, §1257–8, §15823–4, §16216, §16412–3, §16520, §1794–5, §18713–4, §18818–9, §1947, §1973–4, §19920–1, 25, §20110 – in tenou ADV §3431, §1018, §15429, §15721, §17514 ouwnv M §21816–7 ouwnH §2526–7, ouenH- title19, ouonHtitle23–4, in ouwnH ebol §3720–1, §5413, §603, †ouonH ebol §1721–2 ourot M §856 ouerhte see above under rat oute PRP §16217 (oude) ouwv title13, §430–1, §197, §15430, §17026, §1713, §17732, §1829–10, §18932, §19011, §19115, §21811–2, ouev- §14713, §15213; M §732–1, §5118–9, §13717–8, §1558, 9, §16924 ouvh F §6928–9 ouwvb §1831, §277, ouwvF §2015, §277, §2816, §3929, §401, §8313, §19112–3 ouwvs (ebol) §11829–30 ouwvt §710, §10919, §1168, 11

ouoein M §2823, §4715–6, §6120, §6229,

ouwH in ouaH- nsw- §15022, §15130, §21819, †ouhH nsw- §17 26–7, §1912, §2123

oueine §1469–10

oueHsoi F §10726–7

ouoeiv M §1716–7, §2231–2, §236, §2926,

oujai —, †ouoj §12914; M §18027

ouwls M §17622, §18717

wbv —, obev- §11028, obv- §17519–20, abev- §10922

§8025, §8316, §8426, §19124, §1922

§16917

ouwm §915, §9617, 18, §9728, §986, 8, 10, 14, 17, §9921, §10119, §1045, §1059–10, 15, §10727–8, §11324, Cinouwm §9130 ouon ‘one’ §55–6, §625, §6416, §11931, §18930, §19410

wkm §21922 wne M §572, §6524, 27, §15829 wnH —, †onH §20611, M §617, §184 wrk §2132, §2147, §21516, §21619 wv §1612, in wv ebol §28, §5730, §5920,

§637, §6710, §6814–5, §16111, §16321–2,

409

Archelaos, In Gabrielem §16411, §19228–9, in av-kraukh ebol §5625 wv —, onv- §19812 -v- §1226, §14532, ev- §623, §10030,

§15825, – in mn-v-Com §13210, §14423, §21410, in oun-v-Com §13611 va- §817, §3428, §418, §4213, §13125, §13320, §13821, §1637, §16632, §20221, §20624, §22425, varo- §425, §4719, §7031, §7325, §759, §1118–9, §13211 va §4716; M §21923, §22110 ve PRT §1633, §1903 ve NUM §9426, §13128, §14015 vh §20217

§1744–5, §18016, 28, §1976, §20030, §20410–1, §20521, §2069, §21626, †voop §9 , §28 , §91 , §111 , 32 21 31 10 §11220, §17514, §20325, §20826, in manvwpe §3616–7, in Hnouvpenvwp §5411–2, §19927–8 vphre §819–20, §5225, §12311, §1676, §17029, §1976, §2042, §20520, in r-v. §6417–8, §7611–2, §852–3, §11932, §1949, §1978, §20032, o n-v. §817–8 vhre §2532, §4217, §4832, §5627, §784,

§813–4, §8313–4, §1141, §13317–8, §13425–6, §13529, 32–1, §21929–30

vorp §2526, vorp® §14012, in vrp-INF

§618, §348, §2144; ORD M §7832

vou- §1507

vwrp §13821

vbhr §199, §20825

vwwt §11430

vike §547, 17, §601, §6412

vtortr §4322–3, †vtrtwr §5624

vlhl §1124, §3719, §13928; M §3618

vwv ebol §5813–4

vwlm §5812, §7110

vovt §141

vhm §784, §814, §8314, §13426, §13529, 1

vwvt §1796

vomnt NUM M §17210; vomte F §17910, §18426, §1907, §19524, in mntvomte F §6118–9, in meHvomnt §782

vaH §212

vine §430, §3321, §15214, §17325–6 vwne §745–6, §1295–6, 7, §20329, in Cinvwne §1298, §20330 venHth- §10223–4, in mntvenHth- §9019–20, §1018–9

vaFte in er-vaFte §1637, in mnt-vaFte F §1664 vaje §3942, §14423–4, §1591, §16221,

§2048; M §510, §183, §3511, §5628, §1239, §14721, §20626, §21229, §21625; in atvaje §1729–30, §11721

vwp —, vap- §3511, vop® §109, §10031,

Fi §4429, §1155, §21012 (sambol), §886–7, §1864, §1891 (ebol), §10028 (eHoun e-), Fit® §664, §19011; as PC bai- see baivenouFe

vwpe §727, §1716, §186, §3612–3, §4714, §499, 11–2, §546, §6027–8, §6520, §6713,

Ha- §719, §10726, §12530, §14716, §16327, §16918, §18428, §2069, Haro® §9727 (Harw®2MS), §10224, §22215, – in Harat® §12525, 1, §1299–10, – in Hatn- §10620 (Hathn-), §12422, §13018, §14425, §1826 (Haten-), §20830, cf. also HaHtn- sub Hht

§10117, – in vp-twre §1324, 14, vep-twre §13427–8, §1354, §15221, in rm-v-twre §15026, §15614–5

§7223, §7612–3, §7822, §8210–1, §8610– 1, §10226, §11428, §11828, §1196, §12613, §13121–2, §1391–2, §14417, §14527, §15216–7, §15510, §1609,

He ‘way, manner’ — – in kataqe §611, §12128–9, §20932,

410 – in katatežHe §10220, – in nqe §316, §571–2, §745, §10112, 15, §12827, §2012–3, – in ntežHe §1015, §1119, §1615, §1914, §5014–5, §6229, §12720, §13928, §1438, §15131, §1528, §17327–8, §17432, §1757–8, – in r-qe §15828, – in T-qe §16220 He ‘fall’ §4325, §5520, §6114, §6527, §815, §12724; ‘find (out)’ §10115, §10618 (e-) Hh in Hiqh §2929 Hi- —, Hiww® §1428, §1613, cf. also sop, – in Hitn- title24, §53, §1429, §486,

§12418, §17214, §18013, §19814, §19921, §22318, Hitoot® §427, §5016, §6927, §7721, §2045, §22422, Hiqh §2929, – in Hijn- §1719–20, §239–10, §607, §8027, §8427, §10832, Hijw® §6930–1, §744, §887 Hi- §18424, §2042 Hi in Hitoot®

see above under twre Ho §4325, §816, §2017; in jiHra- §1428 Hw §20623 Hww- inclusive 1S (Hw) §18932, §20215,

adversative 3MS §306, §9815, §16628, §16915, 3FS §898

Hwb title19, §482, 5, §4914, §5121, §10815, §17029, §19526, §21020, Hbhue P §318, §1663, §20715 – in er-H. §706, §7330, §18531, r-H. §8616,

§8831–2, §1002, §10621, §14016

Hba in r-Hba §14826 Hbour §2411, §2928, §16813 Hwbs §6113, §8318 Hih —, PL Hiooue §2173 Hoeim §18018 Hoeine §20627 Hhke §857–8, §8719, §9213, §10814, §10922–3, §20825–6, in mntHhke §886, §8910

Index Hlastn §602 Hllo §668 Homnt §1292 Hmoos §1421, §1719, §4722, §9616–7, §9725–6, 29, §9813, 16, §10619, §10831–2 Hmot §7113, §1493 HmHal §1745 Hn- title19, 22, 26 (2x), §320, 22, §722, 8, §821, §71, 2, §105, 10, §1126, 29, §1212, §1317, §154, §1614, §1728, §2019, §2414, 22, §2528, 29, §3324, 25, §3826, §4610, §5017, §5118, §5229, §535, §5410, 11, §5731, §604, §6526, 30, §743, §8026, 1, §856, §9015, §9322, §9430, §9512, §9614, §9729, §9810, 16, §10116, §10920, §11322, §11720, §12011, §12130, §12313, §1255, §12722, §12826, §1298, 13, §13717, §1392, §1423, 6, §14411, 17, 22, §15010, §15218, §1543, §15718, §16111, §16322, §17212, §17329, §1746, §17515, §17622, §1797, §18017, §18213, §18314, §1866, §1891, §19411, 13, §19521, 26, §1962, §19813, 18, §19927, §2015, §20327, 30, §20411, §20521, §20627, 29, 6, §21127, §21231, §2133, §21515, §21630, §2172, 6, §2215, §22217, nHht® §1320, §159, §605, §8432–3, §915, §13130, §13827, §16523, §17222, §18713 – in Hmptre- title9, §127–8, §184–5, §13231, Hwn §6123, §19815 Houn §1729, – in e-Houn §929, §105, §1123, §128–9,

§1422, 31, §222, §6123–4, §783, §9122–3, 26, §958, §989, §10029, §1044, §10616–7, §10726, §10830–1, §12421, §1522, §16525–6, §17212, §19632, §19812, 13, 16, §2014, 7, §20221, §20327, §20823, §2213, 8, §22216, – in nHoun §16629, – in mpHoun §1729 (r-)Hna- §731–2 Hinhb §7110 Hap §2069

411

Archelaos, In Gabrielem Hrai n- §818 – in eHrai §3113, §3616, §4610, §11719 (e-),

§4325, §4913, §5232, §885, §17510 (ejw®), §719 (Ha-), ADV §6415, §1258, §19227, Hrai ejw® §18716

Hrov —, †Horv §2065 Hervire §1911, §2121, §6117 Hise §803 Hasie §17213–4 Hat §18318, §18424, §1864, §18712, §1892, §19010, §19523, §20218 Hht® PRP §1120 Hht §818, §345, §4713, §483, §532, §828, §9015, 18, §9615, §10920, §1421, §15010, §1543, §16415, §17324, 29, §1746, §17623, §1863, §18718, §21127, in mntatHht §15718–9, §16328, in venHth® §16925, in mntvenHth® §18014, in jasiHht §21016, in mntjasiHht §21014 – in T-Hth® §534, §16210, – in Hath® §1131, §10620, §13127, in netHaHthF P §4823 Hot see above under naHte Hote F §18716, in r-Hote §6925, §1153, in mnt-at-Hote §2133 – in Fi nqote §4429, §1155 (sambol mmo-) Hwtb —, in reFHotFson §20831 Htooue §14012 Haqwr §295 Houo §21629 – in epeHouo §429, §1913, §6112, 20,

– – – –

§637–8, §6532, §853, §1153, §1355, §14828, §17325, §20032–3, §20626, 5, epHouo §11830 in HmpeHouo §20629 in HitmpeHouo §1429 in r-Houo §9426, §9923, †o nHouo §92 15 in nHouo §9924

Hoou title18, §431–2, §2529, §292, §3215, §8611, §11432, §13122, §14017, §1637,

§1661, §17210, §20222 (2x), §2066, §21925, – in mpoou §425, §1086, §21924 Hoou in eqoou §1115, §1452, §21815 Hioue §17211 Hoout §5920, §1296 HoF §5414, §602, §6414 HaH §21812 je- complementizer title13, 17, 20, §29, §317, §430, §612, 20, §126, §1616, §181, §1910, §2017, §2531, 1, §2710, §2818, §3219, §3823, §3931, §403, 5, §4216, 19, §4531, §4826, 29, 31, §497, §5923, §6027, 29, §6227, 31, §6710, 12, §6816, §6925, §702, §7222, §7325, 28, §757, §7615, §8210, §8315, §8827, §929, 13, §9615, §9724, §985, §1017, §1044, §10724, §1084, 7, §10918, 24, §11610, §1322, 7, §13426, §13530, 2, §1366, 7, 9, §13717, §13929, 6, §1439, §14414, §14530, §1466, §14712, 20, §14829, §1506, 11, 14, 16, 20, §1528, 10, 12, 20, §15428, 2, §15613, §15716,

19, §16112, §16324, §16417, §1712, §17432, §1758, §17912, §18023, §1829, §18821, §19114, §19230, §19515, §2061, §2092, §21123, §2146, §21516, §21732, j- §20625, causative §485, §9731, §15023, §17513, §20828, §21014, §21122, §21410, §21620, 22, §2173, final §584, §6521, 23, §9728 (j-), §1325, – in etbeje- §1468 ji §1122–3, §128, §586, §667, §1031, §12421, §1255, §13126, §1369, §14014, §14414, §1714, §19630, §1974, disubscript31, jit® §10926, §22215; †jhu in j. nkots §2174 – in ji-boCs §12827; in ji-hph §1227, in at-ji-hpe §2049; in Cin-ji-sarx §2422; in ji-smou §5015; in ji-Hra® §1428 jo §14422

412

Index

jw §28, §619, §344, 6, §4320, §4910, §5224, §5628, §636, §6816, §757, §7615, §928,

12, §11610, §12310, §13929, §1438, §14722, §15615, §16323, §17027, §17621, §19229, §1933, §19514, §21122, je§21812, joo® §317, §611, §3111, §348, §3825, §454, §466, §1043, §14529, §15212, 20, §15428, §15611, §15822, §1649, §20513, §2061, §20932, in mnt-reF-ji-oua §21230–1

jise —, †jose §3618, §19227; M §2128; in jasiHht §21014, 15–6 jioue in njioue §1866, §1891, §19012 jout- NUM §308, §12024, §22112 -Ce §1555, §19118 Ci §1613 Cw §16629 Caio §2099

joi §1715, §1728, 12, 20, §17629, §1783, §18019, 22

Coile §125

joeis §6228, §1526, §15427–8, 1–2, §1556, §16914, §18821–2 – for p-j. ‘the Lord’ see Name-Index

Cwwle —, Coole® §1293, Cool® §20217

Col §15428

joeit §1721

Com §819, §2126, §12311, §15324, §1544, §2042, in mnvCom §13210, §14423, §21410, in ounvCom §13610–1

jwk ebol §481, §1209, 16, §13714, §14227,

CmCom §623, §10031, §14532, §15826

jekas §58, §8614, §10514, §11031, §11219,

Cine —, Cn- title21, Cen- §1316, §6413, Cin- §1613, Cent® §9128, §12129, in atCenrat® §1198, §17513

§20113–4

§13213, §1391, §14018, §15216, §21921, §22213

CerwF §8425

jwlk —, jolk® §8030

CrwH in r-CrwH §10923

jwwme §1427, §154, 6–7

CorCs §12814

jn- ‘or’ §9728

Cwvt §786, §954, §11721–2, §21124

jpo §2531, §4111, §4217, §9121, §1494,

Cij §8026, §8424

§16332, §16419, §16522, §20821; in Cinjpo §2421

Cwje §5410, §605

jro §4531

Grammatical Index The grammatical index largely follows the patterns that have become standard for new text editions. The first part lists the occurrences of verbal forms subdivided into bi- vs. tripartite main and clause patterns. Note that under Present I only instances with a verbal predicate are listed. Sentences with adverbial predicates, which are often mingled with these, are separately listed under this header within Nonverbal sentence patterns. Instances marked with an * have been subject to emendation or have been restored.

413

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

Verbal predication patterns Bipartite patterns Present I, neg. (n-…an)+ NOM: DEF PRE

§1353–4, §2173–4, IDF oun- §20323–5, ouen- §2820–1 1S: §757, §989, §1044–5, §13530, §1369, §1395, §15428+, §17026, §17514, §21811– 2, 2MS: §704, §15210, §15427, 1, 3MS: §13531, 4, §15430, §21122–3 REL: DEF+ SUB DEL 3MS:

§12, §29–10+, §613, 25, §2230, §2819 §3618+, §5417, §7219, §9131+, §11213+, §12530, 4+, §15025, §15323–4, §19921–2+, §2092–3+, 10, §21015–6, 3FS: §715, §2425, §6126, §15325, §1904, §19815, 3P: §931, §1130–1, 2925–6+, §816-7+, §8616, §8831–2, §9817, §1002, §10621, §10923+, §1103+, §11110–1+, §11220+, §11323–4+, §1295–6, §16918+, §17215+, §17730+, §19710, §20031–2, §20611+, 12+, §20719 NOM: §635–6+, §12531–1+, §13825–7+, §1523–5+; 1S: §604–5, §2819 (petT-); 2MS: §3932, §11321–2+, §14721–2, §15221–2; 1P: §20719–20 (eten-); 2P: §2122, §11216–7, §2131–2; 3P: §1912, §9618 DEP, neg. (n-…an)+ NOM: DEF §7912–3, §15932, §16410–1, §16914–6, PRE §898–10, IDF §1223–5 (ere-IDF-) 1S: §730–1, §817–8, §923, §3217, §6032–1, §7326–7+, §11324, 25, subscript31–2 2MS: §6228–9 3MS: §28, 8–9, §619, §1120–1, §1211–2, §1615, §1723–4, §237, §2528–9, §3719, §4320, §5228, §5813–4, §6119–20, §6414– 5, §669, §7911–2, 14–5, §8318, §8426, §9215–6, §958, 11, §10619, §1169–10, §12417, §12718–9, §12827, §1294, +,

§13324, §13928–9, 7, §1437–8, §14421–2, §15217, §1591+, 2+, §16323, §16631–2, §16813, §1713–4, §17328, §17621–2, §19229, §19522–5, §2012, §20218, §2065, §2093–4, §21126–7, §21514 3FS: §1013–4, §6111–2, §899, §12014–5, §2216, 7–8 3P: title12–3, §92, §125–6, §1719, §2123, §2821–2, §5623–4, 24, 25, 28, §583, §638– 10, §6816, §9429–31, 2–3, §988, 13–4, §11721–2, §1297, 14, §1711, §17732–1, §19514–5, §20329, §2063, §20715–7, 17–8, §20826 PRT: with pe+ NOM:

§5732–1, §588–10+, PRE §9613–4, §9812–3, 3MS: §9614, §12524–5, §1509– 10, 3P: §1726, §5730, §7614–5, §854, §928, 12, DEP (ene-) NOM: DEF §5732–1, §588–10+, PRE §9613–4, IDF NEG (mn-) §9618–20, §9818–9, 3MS §982–4, 16, 3FS §19817, 3P §9924

Present II NOM:

§16922–3, 1S: §14713, §15212–3, §1829–10, 2MS: §15615–6, 3MS: §9615–6, 1P: title13, §430–1, §197, 3P: §584

Future I (-na-), neg. (n …an)+ NOM: DEF

§10926 (ne-) §1115–6+ (mn-), §1226–7+ (mn-) 1S: §520, §985–6+, §13719, §14529 (ne-), §1491, §1508, §16330, 6+, §16417, §1744–5, §1906–7, 2MS: §2531, §6925–6, 2FS: §4216 (tera-), 3MS: §14532–1+, §19119–20, 1P: §5223, §6819 IDF

REL: DEF+ SUB DEL: NOM

§20326–7, §2069–10, §21123–4+, §21819–20, 3P: §186+ NOM: §858–9+, §2066–7, 2P: §10924+ (etetna-), 3P: §8029–30 (DEF), §8431–2

414

Index

DEP (e-…-na-), NEG. (e-n-…-na-)+ NOM: IDF §1226–7+ (mn-), 1S: §1394

§2175 (-ne-),2P: §11031–1, 3P: §622–4+, §6521–2 (-ne-), 23 (-ne-), §17912

Future II (e-…-na-), neg. (e-n-…-na-)+ NOM:

§929–10 (ere-… na-), 1P: §52–3,

Tripartite patterns Perfect I NOM:

§318, 21–2, §423–5, §5618–20, §5811– 2, 15–7, §5919–20, §6526–7, §7719, §787– 8, §816–7, §8611–2, §10221–2, §1154–5, §12021–2, §13123–5, §14232, §1468–10, §15211, §1593–4, §16524–5, §17330–1, §1795–6, §18016, 18, 20, §18316–7, §1862, §18716, §18930–1, §1947–8, §1975–6, PRE: §6416–8, §706–7, §718–9, §9316–8, §11823–5, §12529–1, §13315–7, §13820, §14010–1, §14826, §15127, §16628–9, §17323–4 (ene-), §19226–7, §19517–8, §19811–2, POST: §107–9, §155–7, §1721–2, §1830–2, §2015–6, §277–8, §2816–7, §3720–2, §3929–30, §401–2, §4322–4, §4426–7, §5412–4, §6116–7, §661–2, §6814–5, §7031–1, §7325–6, 30–1, §783–5, §8313– 4, §8825–6, §954–5, §9722–3, §1057–8, 10–1, §19112–4, §1949–10, §19630–1, §1978–10, §19926–7, §2001, §20110–2, 1S: §816 (2x), §925, §1424–5, §307–9, §3216, §3321–7, §344, 6–7, §4110–2, §4720, §4812–3, 15 (2x), 16–7, §619–11, 14, 14–5, §742–3, §8315, §8420, §11217, §13931, §14414–5, §15017, §15322–3, 25, §1542, §1631–2, §18822, §19115, §20215–6, 17, 18–9, 2MS: §319–20, §182–4, §2715, §3824 2FS (ar-): §1017–8 3MS: title20–1, §617–8, §107, §1119–20, 22– 3, 27–8, §1422–4, 32–2, §155, §1721, §1830–1, §2015, §2420–5, §2526–8, 30, §264, 5–6, §277, §2816, §3111–2, 12–3, §3615–8, §3720, §3929, §401, §4322–3, 25, §4426, 27–8, 29, §468–9, 9–10, §4716– 8, §4825, §4910, §5412–3, 14–5, §5520,

20–1, §5817, 18, §603, 7–8, §6116, 24–6, §6528, 31, §6710, §6921–2, 26–7, 29, §7031, 7, §719, 10, 12, 14–5, 15–6, 17, §7325, 31, §759, 10, §783, 5–6, 6, §799, §8016, §815, §8313, §8825, §9017–8, §9121, 26, 27, 32, 1, §9318, §954, 5, §9722, §1015, 19, §10222–3, 23–4, 24–5, 26, §1043, §1058, 11(2x), §10618, §10722, §10831–2, 1, §11427–8, §1168–9, §11715, 17, 18–9, §1238, 10, §1251, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, §12826, §13316–7, 18, 21, §13531, §13820, §13823 (2x), §13928, §1397–8, 9, §14011, 12, 13, 14, 16, §14711, §14826, 27, §15127, 28, 28–9, §1525–6, 12, §15219– 20, §15824, 28, §16321, §16520, 21, 23, §16629, §17326–7, §1825–6, §18424–5, §18714, §18819, §19227, 28–9, §1948, §19518, 25–6, §19630, 31, 32, §19812 (2x), §19920, 22, §2011, 3–4, 6, 9, 10, §21126 3FS: §727, 31–2, §1716–9, §3612–3, §546, §6113, §6520, §7822, §8610–11, §9012–3, §13121–2, §14228 1P: §928, §1124, §1316, §1613, §3219, §5120, §20513 2P: §426, 29–30, §1084–5, §1675, 3P: §109–10, 15–8, §124–5, §5623, 27, §637–8, §6412, 13–4, 15, 17–8, 18–9, §6523, §661, 3, 4, §6814, §7611–2, 13, §7826, §852–3, §9321, §1153, §11825, 29–30, §1192, §1209, 12, §12421–2, §12613–4, §12720– 1, §12930–1, §1293, §13015–6, §15131, §1605, §16110–1, §16216, 20, §16411, 12, 13, §17111, 16–7, §1949–10, §20032 REL (nta-); DEF+ NOM:

§2417–20, §3432–3, §417–9+, §12312– 3, §1423–5+, §16919–20,

415

Archelaos, In Gabrielem 1S: §2018–9, §235–8+, 9–10, §292–4, §347–8, §741–2, §10112–3, §14714, §19010–1+ 2MS: §2712–4+, §463+, 4–5+, §1494+,§1892, §1906, §19122 3MS: §318, §820, §344–5+, §482–3, §498–9+, 11–12+, §5227, 29–30, §571, §584, §6027– 8+, §6813–4, §7114, §7222–3+, §7612–3+, §8210–1+, §9128–9, §927+, §1089+, §1102, §11828+, §1195–6+, §12612–3+, §1353–4, §14416–7, §1464, §1608–9+, §16332+, §16522+, §18025–6+, §20029– 30+, §20931, §2219+ 3FS: §73–4 1P: §3220–1+, §12129 3P: §3824–5+, §404–5+, §4212–4+, §6416–7, §9324, §9922–3+, 25+, §10028–9+, §1117–8+, §1191+, §19410–1+, 12–3+, §1974, §20520–1 DEP (ea-) NOM:

§2043–4, POST title1, 1S: §18932, 3MS: title1, 18–9, §6414–5, §957–8, §12418, §20410–1, §2144–5

DEP-PRT (enea-) NOM: §17730–1, 3MS:

§18022

§17324, §17623–4, 3P:

Perfect II (aa- vs. nta-+) 1S: §621–2+, 2MS: §8211–2+, 3MS: §18423, 3P: §title17–8+

neg. Perfect (mpe-) NOM:

§359–12 (PRE), §14229–30, §1466–7, 1S: §745–6, §1439, §15021, 2MS: §14530, §14723, §15018, 3MS: §3510–1, §10030–

1, §15431–2, §15825–6, 29, §1662, 3FS: §1799, 3P: §17911–2 DEP: §10115 (1P nqe empen-)

Aorist I (va-) NOM:

§8031–1, §8428–30; 3MS: §8423, 27; 3P: §12911–2, §20331–2 PRT: —; DEP-: §8021–24 (NOM) REL: ete- 3MS §221 (DEF), §18711–2, nvaNOM: §14120–2; 3P: §8421–2

neg. Aorist (me-) NOM:

§15011–2; 2MS: §14715–6; 3MS: §14424–5

Aorist II (nva-) 2P: §11610–2 (NEG)

Future III (e-SUB-e-) 2MS: §1391–2, 3MS: §59–10, §8615, §10514–5, §11219, §13213–4, §14018, §15216–7, §22213–4

neg. Future III (nne-) 2MS: §1325–6, §9728–29, 1P: §20625, §21921–2, 2P: §11430

neg. Completive (mpate-) not attested

Optative (mare-) NOM:

§21624–6; 1P: §8828, §10328, §20623, §20714 (marn-), §21012, §2213; 3MS: §15510, §15720

neg. Optative (mpertre-) 1P: §20827–8, §21121–2, §21228–9

Further patterns Possessive (ounte-/+neg. mnte-)

Perfect of ‘say’ (peje-/a-)

1S: §1328–9, §15023–6; 3MS: §9214–5+, §2098–12+; 1P: §10814–5+

NOM:

Adjective verbs DEP: 3MS:

§5814–5, §1224–5, §12828–9; 3FS: §17517; 3P: §1913, §20324

Other (Hne-, Hna-) as r-Hna-i see Hna-

§10917, §13424, §13528–9, §1365, §1505, 13, 15, 19 1S: §4828, §497, §6227 3MS: §1832, §2017, §279, §2817, §3823, §3930, §402, §4530–1, §4825–6, 30, §6029, §6230, §6922–3, §702, §7324, 27, §8314, §8827, §9723–4, §984, §1016–7, §10723, §1083, §13232, 6, §1351, §1367, 9, §13715–6, §14712, 19, §14828, §1527,

Index

416 §15612, §15717, §16416, §17432, §1757, §1828–9, §18821, §19114 3P: §6026, §7221, §829, §1086

Auxiliary constructions

Imperative

Periphrastic perfect ouw plus DEP §6414–5, §21126–7 lo plus DEP §987–8, §18018–9

MS: §130, §4531, §4829, 31, §6029–30, §6816–7

(ari-), §704, §7328, §9724–5 (ari-), §10724 (ari-), §10918, §1114 (ari-), §1322, 11–2, 12, §14717 (T), §14830, §15014, 22, §1556–7 (ari-), §16326 (T), 2, §1759–10, §18825–6 (ari-), §19118, §19232 P: §6711, subscript31

Neg. Imperative (mpr-) mpr- MS: §6925, §10921–2, §11028–9, mper- MS: §17519–20, P: §2147, §21516,

§21619

Hitoot- plus e-INF §7826–9, §17216–8,

§17624–6, §18529–1

ability vCmCom plus e-INF §10030–1, §14532–3, §15825–7; as ounvCom plus e-INF §13610–2; – NEG vCmCom plus e-INF §622–4, as mnvCom plus CNJ §13210–1, §14422–4, §21410–3 kto- plus e-INF §1636–8 vrp-INF §617–9, §348–9, §2144–6 arci plus n-INF §5223–4, §546–9, §7830–1, §9012–4, §1167–8

Clause conjugations Conjunctive (nte-), neg. (-tm-)+ NOM (nte-):

§11931–2, §20627–8, 8–9 1S (ta-): §6712, §9726–7, §9810, §10330 (2x), 31–2, §1045, §15022–3, §18315 2MS (ng-): §2532–1, §451–2+, §4832, 1, §6817–8, §705, §7328–9, §9725, 25–6, 28, §10725, 26, 27–8, §1322, §14830, 30–1, §1492–3, §15015, §18826, §1921 (2x) 2FS (nte-): §4218 3MS (nF-): §8026–7, §882–3, 3–4, 5–6, §9617, §1031 (2x), §10515, §1324, 10, §13427–8, §14528, §1715, §1726, 8–9, 13, §17511, §19121, 23, §19629, §21125, §22215 1P (nten-): §8829–30, 30–1, §20714–5 2P (ntetn-): §533–4, §10919 3P (nse-): §549–10, §586, 7, §8030, §9922, §12527–8, §12912–3, §12724, §17219, 20, §1811, §20631–2, 32–1

Temporal (ntere-) NOM:

§3110–1, §4713–4, 15–6, §4822–4, §813–4, §828–9, §1221–2, §14226–7 1S (nteri-): §3214–5, §11215 3MS: §263, §3613–4, §466, §10616, §10829, §13319–20, §1465–6, §15611–2, §15821–

2, §1815, §18529, §18710, §1933, §19628, §19815 1P: §104, §1125–6, §1421, §1612, 3P (nterou-): §633–4, §6520–1, §6920–1, §7830, §851–2, §926, §9921, §10027–8, §1152, §1167, §12526, §12612, §12717, §1522, §15931, §1649, §1782, §18132

Final (tare) 2MS: §21731–2

Completive (vante-) NOM:

§986–8, §18027–8

neg. Completive (mpate-) not attested

Conditional (e-SUB-van-) NOM (ervan-):

§8017–8, §13612–4, §1741– 3, §2095–6, §21018–9; 2MS: §1506–7, §1634–5; 3FS: §14527; 1P: (envan-) §2047–8, (anvan-) §2177–8; 2P: §531; 3P: §1299

Temporal clause of simultaneity (Hmptre-) 2MS: §184–5, 3MS: §13231–2, 3P: title9–10, §127–8

417

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

Temporal clause of anteriority (mnnsatre-)

Infl./Caus. infinitive (tre-) NOM: §12022–5, 1S: §71–3, 10–5, §3323–7,

§1119–12, §17027–30, 2MS: title14, §198– 10, §18210–3, 3MS: §1426–7, §3617–8, §10116–7, §13126–9, 29–30, §15130, §16220–1, §18319–22, §1863–7, 1P: §929– 32, §913–5, 3P: §1131–1, §17217–8, §18021–2

1P: §152–3 (mnnsaetre-)

Clause of equality nqe REL: PF 3MS: §316–7, §10112–3, 1P NEG: §10115 (empe-); CND 1S: §745–6 (NEG.PF), kataqe REL: PF 3MS §611, §20931, 1P

§12128–9

Nonverbal sentence patterns Nominal predication

PRET

Bipartite with pronoun (ang-, &c.)

M: DEP ene-

2MS: §3931, §6227–8, §9731–2, §1396–7; 1P: §10813–4

Cleft-Sentence

Bipartite with subject element SE.M: §485–6, §9213, §1087 (NEG), §1366, 7–8, §14418–22, §1493–4 (NEG), §16812– 4, §21015–7, §21518, §21620–1, 22–4, 29–31, §21732–2, §21925–30 () – SE.F: §14122–4, 24–5, §20828–30, 30–1 – SE.P: §2049–12, §2061–2 (NEG)

with eis and deleted subject element §13426, §15613, §20512

§8719–20, 21–2

PF:

§235–10, §2711–5 (P), §417–9, §4212–4, §498–9, §6027–8, §6713–4, §7222–3, §8210–1, §1087–12, §1117–11, §18023–6 – PRS: §2924–1, §11321–6, §15220–1, §16916–20 – AOR: §2232–4

Adverbial predication NOM:

§8424–26 (aff. ouen-IDF.S-); §14411– (neg. mn) 15

REL; DEF+

REL: DEF+

M:

SUB DEL 3MS:

§10512–4, §13612+, §14019–20+, §21925– 30 (), §22111–3

DEP M:

§17132–1

PRET M:

§1210–15 (DEP ene-)

Tripartite COP.M:

§313–6, §612–5, §1910–4, §2123–8, §2228–32, §2410–3, 13–5, 16–20, §292–5, §403, §5923–5, §6231–1, §7615–8, §8723–4, §11212–4, §16113–5, §1689–11, §19515–7, §2097, §21020, §22031–2 – COP.P: §14720–2 DEP M:

§13123–4

§2411, §6930–1, §8025–6, §17222, §22217, 3FS: §6930–1, §744, 3P: §924+, §112–3+, §4823+

DEP NOM:

§1318–20 (ere-Ø-IDF.S-), §157–11 (ere-Ø-IDF.P-), §606–7 (e-ouen-Ø-NOM NUM), §6121–2 (ere-ØNUM NOM), §8316–7 (ere-Ø-IDF.P-); 1S: §6031–1; 3MS: §6118–9

Predication of existence NOM:

aff. ouen §20432–7

PRT NOM:

aff. ne-oun- §9426–31, §12416–20, §17131–5

Appendix Additional folios from a White Monastery codex As mentioned in the introduction above, the text of Archelaos’ sermon on the archangel Gabriel is attested also on individual folios, which once belonged to a codex in the White Monastery in Sohag (MONB.CU). In addition to the text here in focus, this codex also contained a Sermon on the Nativity of Christ attributed to Severian of Gabala (as well as occasionally to Proclus of Constantinople),160 as well as Pambo’s account of the history of the Egyptian anchorites161. Within the CMCL database, further folios have been attributed to this codex (Berlin fol. 1611.2, Oxford Bodleian copt. D 239; Paris BN 132.1.60, British Library OR 03581B.06), which, as Alin Suciu kindly pointed out to me, probably belong to another codex (MONB.AU). In addition, as the text transmitted in these leaves does not agree with the present one, the mentioned folios probably contain the Encomium on the Archangel Gabriel attributed to Celestine of Rome.162 Thus, the following folios with a parallel of our text have been attributed to this codex (with indication of the pagination): Paris BN 131.1.27 065-066 with the beginning 163 Pierpont Morgan Library M664B(18) [085±x-086±x], Cairo CG 9254164 [087±x-088±x],

160 Lucchesi, in AB 97 (1979), 111–27, especially 125–27 with the folios Paris BN 129.16.99 with pages [3]/[4] and BL Or. 3581B(5) with pages 5/6 attributed to MONB.CU. 161 Groterjahn, in Le Muséon 51 (1938), 33–67, especially 52–53 with Paris BN 131.3.37 with pages [139]/140 (instead of Grotherjahn’s r=±h=, the pagination seems to be rather r=±n•=, as indicated in CMCL s. v. MONB.CU) and 46–47 with Vienna K 8678 (thus CMCL) without pagination. 162 See BMCT, 300–20 (Coptic text) & 872–92 (English translation), though only part of the text is edited here. The complete text can be found in Worrell, Coptic Manuscripts, 115–28 (introduction), 129–247 (Coptic text) & 327–58 (translation). At least the Berlin folio contains a definite parallel to that text, but it is not identical with the text in BMCT, 308–09 = Worrell, Coptic Manuscripts, 159–65. 163 Depuydt, Cat. I, 190–93 & II, pl. 387. A digital image for study purposes has been kindly supplied by Joshua O’Driscoll, Assistant Curator of Medieval and Renaissance Manuscripts at the Morgan Library and Museum. 164 Munier, Catalogue, 68–69 .

420

Appendix

Paris BN 132.1.04 097-098, and Paris BN 131.3.36165 099-100. Since two of the folios now in Paris were still unedited, they are included here with kind permission of the Bibliothèque Nationale. The rest has been copied from the respective editions, adjusting the presentation of the Coptic text to the here chosen layout. The first of the yet unpublished folios, Paris BN 131.1.27, might have been the first bifolio of quire 5, assuming an even distribution of four bifolios per quire. However, no remains of a quire numbering are visible166 and neither is a ruling pattern. The lower part of the parchment shows two holes, which are the result of the flaying of the animal. The front is the hair-side, the back the flesh-side. The present inner margin gives the impression that it has been torn, not cut. To the left of the left column of the front side is a vertical ornament, to its right, the ornament is drawn down to line 10. On the leaf’s front side outer margin, in the upper right, letters and ornaments have been drawn. The text has been written in two columns of a medium width of 6.5 cm each. Column a of the front shows 30 lines, but starts with an ornament; column b has 29 lines, but between b3 and b4 another ornamental design has been drawn to adorn the front page. The back has even columns of 30 lines. All columns show roughly 12 letters per line on average. Paragraphs are marked by ekthesis and coronis-signs in the form of a trilobate floral pattern167 next to the initial, between the two columns, i.e., only for column b. Dots are marked in red and black ink. The other Paris folio has suffered from distortion, resulting from a torn off part in the lower right corner, and soiling. As with the folio described above, it would have been the first half of a bifolio of the seventh quire, if an even distribution of four bifolios per quire can be safely assumed. In opposition, however, to the fifth quire, the present quire seems to have started with a flesh-side. If the quires contained eight bifolios each, the Gregory rule would thus have been violated. 168 In the

de Vis, Homélies II, 286–290. On examination of the original in Paris on 27/04/2016. 167 Cf. Jansma, Ornements, 20–21 #4. 168 Since, if the fifth quire started there, Paris BN 131.1.27 has the hair-side as the front, the final page of quire five should be a hair-side as well. The same condition would thus pertain to quire six and quire seven subsequently. 165 166

421

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

front’s right margin, remains of arip[…] “do the […]” are visible. In the middle of the upper margin, between the two columns, an ornament has been drawn. Otherwise, the same description as above applies. While Paris BN 131.1.27 stands out as a single folio, the other folios attributed to this codex’s version of our story come in adjacent pairs. A similar observation can be made concerning the other folios of the codex. However, since some of these folios have a partly regular inner margin that must have been cut, it is possible that the matching half-folios will be found one day, which might be lying dormant in some greater or smaller collection. The following table presents an overview of the matching paragraphs in both Sahidic manuscripts: M583 title §1–2 §3 §4 §5–6 §7

MONB.CU

MONB.CU

title §1 §2 §3 §4 §5

M583 §§148–49 §150 §151 §152 §§152–4 §§154–55

§113 §114–15 — §116 §117 §118

M583 §205 §206 §207 §208 §§208–09 §209

§8

§6

§§9–133 §§134–35 §§135–36 §137 §§138–39 §139 §140 §141 — §§142–43 §144 §145 §§146–47 §147

[…] §100 §101 §102 §103 §104 §105 §106 §107 §108 §109 §110 §111 §112

MONB.CU

§206 §§207–08 §209 §210 §211 §212

§156

§119

§210

§§213–14

§§157–58 §159 §§159–60 §161 §162 §162 §163 §§163–98 §§198–99 §200 §201 §§201–02 §203 §204

§120 §121 §122 §123 §124 §125 §126 […] §200 §201 §202 §203 §204 §205

— §210 §211 §212 §§213–14 §215 §216 §217 §218 §219 §220 §221 §222 §§223–24

§215 §§216–17 §§218–19 §220 §221 §222 §223 §§224–26 §227 §228 §229 §230 §231 […]

422

Appendix

As can be gathered from the list above, the segmentation of the text deviates considerably at times. Polotsky, in his review of the second volume of de Vis’ Homélies, already noted a certain number of Fayyumic intrusions in the basically Sahidic text.169 He lists the use of ne for the future (in opposition to attested Sahidic forms with na; see the grammatical index below), the form aai as stative of the verb eire (§5 b8–9) with the spurious double writing of the initial vowel170, as well as the hybrid form natn (§4 a27), showing the Sahidic vowel a but the Fayyumic dispensation of the change of quality to h. To these features, one may add now (without attempting to be exhaustive) the occasional writing of Fa instead of So: Harv “heavy(STA)” §221 (b24) vs. Horv §208 (a23); tavF “appoint it” §106 (a5).

The writing of Fh instead of Se in word-final position: mntrh “witness” §108 (b6–7) vs. mntre §109 (b17–8).

The writing of the word final unstressed vowel as ei/i is attested only with a single lexeme: vp-twrei “guarantee” §117 (b30) vs. vp-twre §101 (a12).

The common use of b for F, which appears only syllable initial: baivenouFe “messenger” §228 (b12–3).

As well as the use of F for b, which appears only syllable final: nouF “gold (coins)” §111 (b27) vs. noub “gold” §112 (a19).

The clear distribution is probably only due to the limited amount of extant text. Graphemic doubling of nasals is attested, but only rarely: Hitn-nn-iote “through the fathers” title (a30).

Graphemic vowel elision can be observed in the suspected surroundings, i.e., the elision of e in front of a nasal, if the latter can be used as coda of the syllable, prototypically in the combination of the particle je and the negated verbal forms: j(e)-mp(e)-F-sHai “for he did not write” §108 (b2–3); j(e)-ntere-pei-rwme ei “that when this man came” §117 (b23–4); j(e)-mper-wrk n-laau n-anav “… ‘Do not swear any oath!’” §221 (b27–9); j(e)-ntok [pe et]-ne-vp-[twre]

169 Polotsky, in OLZ 33 (1930), 874 note 1 = CP, 343; see also Groterjahn, in Le Muséon 51 (1938), 35. 170 Perhaps simply due to the line break.

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

423

mmoi “that it is you who will guarantee for me” §117 (b32–a2); j(e)-n-H(e)nme-an ne n(e)-nta-u-swtm ero-ou “that what we heard is not true” §207 (a16–8); n”-n”-vbhr ¥ melos nHhke “our poor fellow members” §210 (b13–5).

However, the non-writing of e is, as the examples above show, also attested in other environments (e.g., in the negative perfect mpF¨sHai). In contrast to the above noted use of the stative form aai, the text otherwise employs only the Fayyumic form w (see the index s.v. eire). The usual Sahidic form nCi- of the postverbal subject marker is attested occasionally also as FnCe- (§5 b15). Similarly, constrasting forms are found for the common word Hwb against the singularly attested FHob (title a23). Sometimes, the scribe employs unexpected forms of the infinitive, such as the “absolute state” with directly attached nominal object:171 e-i-ouwv-n-noub nta-ž-taa-u na-k “I do want the gold that I gave you” §109 (a6–8); e-i-ouwv-Hn-nouF nta-er-Hwb nHht-ou “I want golden coins, so that I

can do business with them” §117 (b25–27).

Since the verb ouwv is not attested in its non-stressed form within the extant folios, it is difficult to decide whether these are just slips by the copyist (or writer) or follow a pattern. The treatment of the Greek words is basically similar to those features exemplified in the introduction to the main text above, yet due to the smaller amount of text extant they are less frequent. As in M583 above, we encounter ignorance of the feature [±VOICE] by chosing the voiceless stop sign: Alveolar position: prostwkei for προσδοκεῖν “trust” §111 (b31).

As well as the opposite, i.e., the letter designating the voiced stop is used for representing the unvoiced stop: Alveolar position: adwnež for ἀτονεῖν “be relaxed” §113 (a22–23); Velar position: agržbža for ἀκρίβεια “precision” §222 (a2–3); dihgesžs for διοίκησις “declaration” §118 (a17).

The nasal pronuncation of the first consonant in the combinations γγ, γκ or γχ is unattested. Instead, there are two occurrences of the deletion of an element of a cluster: elece for ἐλέγχειν “prove” §113 (a29) and sug-

171

See above note 35 above for similar features.

424

Appendix

nomh for συγγνώμη “pardon” §126 (b31).

For the writing of the spiritus asper and lenis with H in Coptic, see the Greek word index below. Epenthesis of H is attested rarely: proHairesis for προαίρεσις “conduct” §230 (b24).

Also in the treatment of the vowels, the White Monastery codex shows similar features as introduced above. Ignorance of the distinctive feature between ω and ο is common: – o for ω: axiomaTkos for ἀξιωματικός “honourable” title (a12); zografei for ζωγραφεῖν “paint” §109 (b15–6); qikon for DEF.F-εἰκών “the image” §202 (a21); sugnomh for συγγνώμη “pardon” §126 (b31);

– w for ο: adwnež for ἀτονεῖν “be relaxed” §113 (a22–3); kefailewn for κεφάλαιον “sum” §111 (a11–2); wlografos for ὁλόγραφος “self-written” §1 (b4–5); pwrnia for πορνεία “fornication” §218 (b3); prwqusmia for προθεσμία “appointed time” §111 (a1–2); prostwkei for προσδοκεῖν “trust” §111 (b31).

In opposition to the other manuscript, adverbials in -ως, if attested, are presented as -ws, see alhqws for ἀληθῶς “well” §2 (b19). Similar to the M583 witness treated above, the White Monastery copy of our text also shows the expected itacism (i.e., the graphemic commutability of all high front vowels for each other): – u for ε: prwqusmia for προθεσμία “appointed day” §101 (a24–5);

– i for ε: paraggžle for παραγγέλειν “give orders; summon” §221 (b25–6);

– i for η: dimiourgia for δημιουργία “work” §2 (b20);

– e for η: dihgesis for διοίκησις “housekeeping” §118 (a17).

Most Greek diphthongs were reduced to a single vowel articulation already in the early centuries of the 1st millennium AD and hence graphemic representations can be encountered in various ways: – e for αι: kemalista for καί μάλιστα “and most of all” §219 (b12); kefažlewn for κεφάλαιον “sum” §111 (b11–2);

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

425

– h for ει: sunhdhsis for συνείδησις “consciousness” §230 (b22);

– h for οι: dihgesis for διοίκησις “housekeeping” §118 (a17);

– i for αι: limhn for λαιμήν “icon” §109 (b12–3).

Therefore, a simple vowel can be written with a diphthong-spelling: – ai for ε: aitež for ἔτι “still” §5 (b8);

– ai for α: kefažlewn for κεφάλαιον “sum” §111 (b11–2).

Besides these features, the text shows the replacement of: – e for α: enege for ἐνάγειν “bring in (to court)” §110 (b20).

In general, one may state that the White Monastery copy contains a larger amount of scribal mistakes and errors than the Hamuli one.

427

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

Paris BN 131.1.27R x=±e+ title

ornamental design ornamental design [oudialogos] ntepnoC [ns]aH ¥ Hnnapnou te ¥ pHagios arch laos ¥ pepžskopos nneapolžs ¥eaFta

ouoF etbeparc aggelos gabržhl ¥ HmYpYtYreuT mpeuou oi eroF ¥ nCiHnrw me naxžomaTkos ntetpolžs ¥ eupa rYaYkalež mmoF jn ouwv etrekta mYon ¥ etbeptaHo eratF mparcag gelos gabržhl ¥ jYntautaHoF era tF nsoujoutsno ouYs mpYebot ci aHc ¥ auw on aFouenHpYHob ebol Hmpeilogos jen tauHe eptaHo era tF mYparcagge los gabrihl HnHn suntagma narcaž os ¥ eauouonHou ebol Hitnnniote eYtYou aab napostolos Hnqž±l±=h±=m= ¥ Hnou

ežrhnh ntepnou te Hamhn ornamental design

5

10

15

20

25

30

swtm eYpYwlog

rafos etouaab da±=d= ¥ auw preF seHouelle etno tm ¥ plekton ntkžqara mp n=±i±g=±o=±n= ¥ peproY fhths etouaab piwt mpec±=s= katasarx ¥ eYF jYwY mYmos ¥ je pettamžo nYnYeYFY aggelos mp±n±=a= nFlitourgos n vaYH nsoteY ¥ alhqws oYuYnoC te tdimiourYgža mp noute• ntHh on ntaFjoos ¥ jeaY nkHbhoue¥ ažažY pjoežs ¥ akta mi =oou throu Hnou sofia¥ apkaH mouH ebol mpk swnt : ———— epždh on… ate tnmntmažnou

§1

§2

§3

a: Beneath the column in the lower margin, the face of a bearded man has been drawn inside a circle.

428

Appendix

Paris BN 131.1.27V

§4

x=±^= te¥ ež varon mpo ou eteYtnažtež e bol Hitootn¥ anon nežeutelhs epe Houo ¥ etetnvž ne ¥ jeenouwv nžme ¥ epeHoou • mptaHo eratF mparcaggelos gabržhl :· —— tnneHžtootnde Hžtntbohqža¥ mp noute¥ paga qws¥ auw prFT ntsofos¥ je kaas¥ eFeouwn nan¥ mpro mp vaje• kata qh ntaFjoos je• anok pe pnoute• etouwn ¥ mpal • etT nttapro m pmpo ¥ ntoF on penswArA ¥ aFvrp tsabožatn ebol• eFjw mmos • jeTneT natn noutapro ¥ mn ousofia • taž nsenaevCm

5

10

15

20

25

30

[Com an eouw] H[m oubhs nCiou] on niYm [etToub] ethutnY […] asvwpede mY mož anok arch laos ¥ peželacžs tos ¥ ažtež eia až mpresbute ros ¥ asranaž Hm pouwv mpnou te ¥ etrabwk entopos etoua ab ¥ naž ntasko tou nCetmažnou te nrrw Hhlh ne ¥ ¥ tmaau mp mažnoute nr ro kostanTnos• Hnqagža= mpolis qžlAhAmA ¥ etraou wvt mpesRosA mpenjoežs isA pe csA ¥ mnpeFta fos etouaab mntFanasta sžs ettažhu ¥:— auw ¥ ažktož ¥ až bwk ¥ epsžlw Ham¥ ažmoove

§5

§6

a14–5: An emendation to prFT ntÜsofia nnÝsofos seems inevitable (aberratio oculi).

429

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

M664B(18)R rež mmoi pYejeY pvhre vhm naF jeTpistYeueY naF ¥ auw Fw n Hat nai : –––– §101 pvhrede vhm aFmoove mn perodžos ¥ aFž vapeFIwt pe j…aF naF ¥ jepa žwt ¥ prwme n taFvptwre w n Hat emate ¥ pejepFiwt naF jenIm pe ¥ pejaF jeparceaggelos gabrIhl pe ¥ pe jeprwme nrm mao ¥ jeTjž m moF ¥ auw Fw n Hat naž ¥ auw oun Com mmoF eT naž mpetepwI pe ¥ ervanteprw quÜsÝmIa vwpe §102 prwmede nrm mao ¥ pejaF m perwdžws ¥ je raste Hmpouwv mpnoute ¥ Tneta §103 au nak ¥ perwdž

5

10

15

20

25

30

[] [wsde aFbwk e] [pFhi vavwrp prw] m…e… [nrmmao aF] two[un aFbwk] etkk[lhsia p ma et[ereplimhn] mparc[eaggelos] shH ero[F aFv] lhl n…[težHe eF] jw mY[mos je] parc[eaggelos] gabri[hl aiqari] ntkaY[gaph mn] pkna je[ekevw] peY mYmY[ntre Hn] tamh[te mnpei] rwmYeY [eineT naF] nneiY[noub] Tso[oun jen] tk[oumntre eFw] nY[Hat auw aF] pr[oskune mpar] ceaYgY[gelos aFbwk] ep[Fhi : ––––––] peY[rwdiwsde] a[FvorpF nH] tooue [aFbwk] eph[i mprwme] aFji m[pve n] HolokottinoYsY aFrHwb nHh tou nourom

§104

§105

To the left of the left colum (next to the lines a 9–23), an ornament has been drawn. a30: The t has been written larger with the horizontal stroke covering the neighbouring e and a. b26: Slightly indented due to the size of the p in the line above.

430

Appendix

M664B(18)V [] [pe nHoou . . .] [… lost …] [… lost …] §106? [pejpo eva]rep [joeis t]avF [nau tpa]ve epe [rwdi]wYsY auw [tkepave] eprw [me] nTnenouF [… lost …] §107? [… ±5 …m]pFvž [ne nsaou]r…wme [… ±6 …]. nrwme [… ±5 …]HnteFmh [te mm]oF HapeI [Hwb] ¥ ––––––– §108 [ouHoou]de ebol [HnnHo]oYu neaF [Cnoumhh]vh n [noub n]Cepe [rwdiws] [… ±6 …].žos [… ±6 …]ebol n [… ±6 …]ata [… ±6 …]aY [… ±6 …]F mp [… ±6 …]loI [pon ap]diab [olos ma]HpHht mperwdžws etmtreFTla au n”n”ka mpjo

5

10

15

20

25

30

eIs n[nenouF eF] jw mmos jm pFsHaž ¥ ngram matžon ejwž ¥ auw mnrwme mmau ¥ etrFrmn trh eroI ¥ jeažjž laau ntootF ¥ auw pkevptw re ¥ ntažkaaF Hn tamhte ¥ mnpF vhre ¥ eteplž mhn ¥ mparce aggelos gabrihl pe ¥ eFzwgra feI ¥ m±Fvaje oude meFermn tre erož ¥ –– esvanvwpe de ¥ nseenege naž ¥ Tnetwk e Houn eroF ¥ jmpkT laau naž epth rF ¥ auw nFne CmCom erož an ¥ prwmede ntaF T naF n”n”en”ouF ¥ ntereFnau jm peperwdIos Tlaau naF ¥ ou de ¥ nFprostwkež an eT naF ¥ etbe

§109

§110

§111

b9: The initial is smaller than in the other instances. b29: The e in perwdIos has been corrected out of an r.

431

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

Cairo CG 9254R jeateprwqus mža ouežne ¥ asr Htwr eroF ¥ aFtn noou ¥ aFmoute• e perwdžos ¥ pe jaF naF ¥ jeei ouwvnnoub n tažtaau nak kan mpekTla au nai Hmplžm ma ¥ T naž mpke fažlewn mma te ¥ §112 perwdžosde pejaF mp rwme ¥ jeou ne nežvaje ¥ etkta ouo mmoou ¥ mpk Tnoub naž ¥ oude mntaklaau erož ¥ §113 prwmede aFr Hba ¥ auw aFa dwnež ¥ pejaF mperwdžos ¥ je bwk ngmovtk ¥ ngT nai nnanouF ¥ epž ektmtaau naž ¥ Tnatrepmn tre elece mmok ¥ ngXtaau naž ¥ m pkXHmot an pe

5

10

15

20

25

30

[] mnp[ntakjpoF] pejep[erwdi] os ¥ j[eekvan] Cžne m[petrmnt] rh erož ¥ n”[voupis] teue naF ¥ [Tneta] au mn[teumhse] nHoson [ereperw] džos meeue jemereparceag gelos gabrihl ¥ ermntrh eroF ¥ auw nteroubwk eHoun epma ete repFYlžmhn shH eroF ¥ aFaHeratF nCžpjoežs mp noub ¥ pejaF n težHe : ——— jepajoežs par ceaggelos gabrihl ¥ ksooun jnterepežrw me ež nFjoos naž jeežouwvHnnouF ntaerHwb nHh tou ¥ ažvžne HžtootF ¥ nsaou rwme eFw nHat ta rFvp±twrež m moF ¥ ložpon aF joos nai ¥ jntok ¥

In the centre of the upper margin, a cross motif has been drawn.

§114

§115

§116

§117

432

Appendix

Cairo CG 9254V [] [pe et]nevp [twre] mmoi ¥ auw [aipis]tYeue epe [keoou] mntk [Com] ¥ aiT naF [nnnouF] ¥ auw k [sooun pa]jYoYeis [jnTjeC]ol an ¥ §118 e[žsHhht]e ¥ tenou Fouw[v eF]ž mpe tetwYžY [te] ¥ m peFTlaau ¥ nai ep thrF ¥ eks[o]oun pa joežs ¥ jetaž pžsteue nak ¥ lož pon pajoežs arž tYeYkYdihgesžs ¥ p [ros] pekouwv auwY pr[os] pete ran ¥ mpnou te ¥ §119 nažde nterFjo ou pejaF mpe rwdžws ¥ jewrk naž ¥ §120 perwdžosde aFCw eFaHe ratF ¥ mpeFv kžm ¥ eounam ou de Hbour ¥ alla

aFrqe nouwne

nternrwmede 5

10

15

20

25

30

nau eroF ¥ ere n”Fbal ouwn” n”F vaje an ¥ oude n”Fvkžm an ep thrF : —— apsoeitde ež ebol auw auswouH nCimmhhve enau epentaF vwpe ¥ mpe rwdžos auw auwv ebol eujw mmos jeeis qews ¥ oua ppnoute ¥ mpar ceaggelos gab ržhl :—— auw nteunou au avtF ¥ oude tpe mnpkaH ¥ naou nou snte ¥ aÜuÝw mn”n”esaou kouž ¥ aFTqh naF etreFvaje¥ auw aFwv ebol eFjw mmos je parceaggelos ¥ gabržhl ¥ T naž n nousugnomh ¥

§121

§122

§123

§124

§125 §126

433

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

Paris BN 132.1.04R ejnouqronos Hntmhte ntk klhsža ¥ aFT m pFouož Hžtnnet jžmoeit HhtF ¥ aFaspaze nqž kwn ¥ auw n [t]e…unou ¥ auouwn nCžneFbal Hnou vpenvwp §201 nterounaude epntaFvw pe nCinYmhhve n=Fa…iwne ¥ auer vphre emate §202 mnnswsd…e… aFž eHoun nCioua eF sobH ¥ auw nterF T mpeFouoi HntF pžstžs ¥ eaFtw Ce mpeFHo eqžkon mparceaggelos g…a…b…r…ihl : ¥ auw [aFlo n]Cžpet…so [bH ±3 nte]uYnou §203? [… lost …] [3/4] . a[no]k H…w [2/3] . . l…os… . [. .] [2/3] archlaos [aismine] n…ous [tullos] nve eF

5

10

15

20

25

30

[Fz] Coole nHat [eFso] pt ¥ aFtaloY eY jwF nqikwn mparceaggelos gabržhl ¥ vae Houn epoou nHoou ¥ auw nereHntÜaÝl Co enavwou vo op nrwme nžm etneT mpeuouož Hnoupistis eHou = = [eq]žkwn etm m…a…u ¥ kan euvw ne Hnvwne nžm vaumate mp t…alCo ¥ ajnlaau ndžsdasmos ep thrF ¥ ounHnkenoCde o…n nvphre ež ouwv ejoou ero tn ¥ alla Hn a…tjžhpe mmo ou ne ¥ euw noua to nsmot ¥ eauvw pe Hatecaris mp noute Hnqikw = = etmmau nai…m…en a…njoou ete…tn[ag]aph

§204

§205

§206

In the centre of the upper margin, a cross motif has been drawn. a25sqq: Due to the crack in the parchment and the resulting distortion of the remaining parts, the exact position of the lines is difficult to establish. b20: Slightly indented due to the size of the o in the line above.

434

Appendix

Paris BN 132.1.04V F=±h= et[b]eparceagge los etouaab gab ržhl ¥ mnpeFnoC neoou ¥ mnnCom ntauvwpe Hm pFran etouaab ¥ §207 ložpon marn Hw eron ¥ vapež ma ¥ jn”n”n”tave pvaje epeHouo nteHožne Hnna pžstos meeue Hž tmpeHouo nteu apžstža ¥ mnteu aponoža ¥ ÜnseÝtol ma nsejoos ¥ jn Hnme an ne n”n” tanswtm eroou §208 nažgar ntežmž ne ¥ euswk eHraž ejwou ¥ mauaau nounoC nkrž ma ¥ eFHorv m mate eHraž ejw ou ¥ HmpeHoou¥ ete relas nžm netwm ntepkosmos th rF vwpe Hap Hap mpnoute paž et[n]ekržne nnetonH ¥ mn

netmoout : ——

ložpon maren 5

10

15

20

25

30

§209 kton ntenžre nHenHbhue ¥ eu empva mpkw ebol nnnobe etov etenežre mmo ou marnj…p…o… nan §210 nouagaph mn oumntmažson eHoun enenerhou nHouod…e… n”n”v bhr ¥ meloYs nHh ke ¥ naž euvoop nmman ¥ Hntež Hžkwn nouwt ¥ §211 mprtrn=kata lalež n=nene rhou ¥ jekata lalža ¥ oumntHe tbrwme de ¥ ka taqh ¥ ntaF[jo] os ¥ n[CipnoC na] poY[stolos jepet] k[ata]la[lež nsapeF] sY[o]nY ¥ eFk[w ebol m] pnomos ¥ §212 ervan[prwme] gar k[ržne mp]

b25sqq: Due to the crack in the parchment and the resulting distortion of the remaining parts, the exact length of the lines is difficult to establish.

435

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

Paris BN 131.3.36R

§213

§214

§215

§216

§217

nomos ¥ ou pe pF tmažo ¥ mntaF gar mmau nsa pCažo ¥ nCiprw me ¥ etToubepno mos mp…noute marnFi ebol m mon ¥ nnežmnt jasžHht nteimž ne ¥ auw etvou ežt ¥ jerwme nžm ¥ et nejpo naF nt mntjasžHht ¥ eFžre mmoF nvm mo epnoute kataqh on ntaF joos nCioua ¥ n”n” sofos ¥ jetmnt jasžHht ¥ tbote mpnoute de ¥ mpwr w name rate ¥ mpert rnerbote ¥ nnaH rempnoute ¥ ervanprwme gar ¥ erbote ep noute ¥ ntaFta mžoF ¥ ou pe pF vau ¥

oude mprtrn 5

10

15

20

25

30

F=±Yq+Y

porneue ¥ jeou noC pe pjžkba ntpwrnža ¥ evje apnjoeis Hwn etootn jepetneCwvt nsaousHžme¥ nFe pžqumež eros¥ aF ouw¥ eFrnoežk e ros HmpeFHht¥ kemalžsta petneou aHF nsap jwHm ¥ etloms ntpornža• oude mprtrn taouo nnežva je nargon¥ mn nežmntreFji oua ¥ ebol Hntn tapro ¥ oude nežanav n”nouj etHarv ¥ jeaFvrppa raggžle nan nCž penjoežs• jmpe rwrk nlaau na nav•oude tpe oude pkaH: ––

b12–14: A hole in the parchment compelled the scribe to shorten the lines.

§218

§219

§220

§221

436

Appendix

Paris BN 131.3.36V r= §222 H ws eFtamo m mon Hnouagrž bža ¥ jeoukržma pe wrk epthrF • §223 marepetÜnÝvaje pejaF vw pe nse ¥ nse ¥ mmon nmmon ¥ peHouo gar nnaž ¥ oua ebol Hmpponhros pe §224 tarekežme nak w pmeržt ¥ jepanav nnouj oua ebol Hmp ponhros pe ¥ §225 etbepai marn saHwwn ebol nHwb nžm ntep ponhros ¥ jeneF Hžooue throu jhu nkots ¥ §226 ennemounde e bol HnounoC n Hupomonh ¥ Hm ptrenraktn e bol mpdžabolos mn”n”Ffantasža nbote : — §227 Touwvmn eje prwve• etetn agaph etbenCo

5

10

15

20

25

30

rCs ¥ mpepžbou los ¥ etmmau ¥ pou wnv nrFtwrp nnmyuch ¥ alla jn”n”n”T nouwkm mpežnoC nva etporv nan ebol mpoou ¥ etepeHo ou pe ¥ mptaHo era tF mparceagge los gabržhl : — pnoC nbažvenou be ¥ mpiwt ¥ mnpvhre ¥ mn pep±n±=a= etouaab ¥ ounoCgar mma te ¥ pe ptaio m parceaggelos gabržhl ¥ ložpon marnswouH eHou = = epeFva etouaab Hnousunhdhsžs estbbhu ¥ mn ouproHažresžs e nanous¥ eHoun epntaFtamžoF jekaas HmptreF nau eron ¥ en roout eHoun e roF ¥ HmpFva ettažhu ¥

§228

§229 §230

§231

In the centre of the upper margin, a floral motif has been drawn. a1: The enlarged initial is written slightly detached from the rest of the column. a12–15: A hole in the parchment compelled the scribe to indent and shorten the lines.

437

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

Translation Title [A dialogue] of the greatest writer of those of God, the holy Archelaos, bishop of Neapolis, which he proclaimed for the archangel Gabriel when dignitaries of the city came to him beseeching him: “We desire that you tell us about the investiture of the archangel Gabriel, as well as that his investiture took place on the 22nd of Khoiak.” And he revealed the issue in the dialogue, for one had found the investiture of the archangel Gabriel in ancient treatises after it had been revealed by our holy apostolic fathers in Jerusalem. In a * peace of God. Amen! (65 = fol. BN 131.1.27R a)

Introduction (§1–6) §1 Hearken172

to David, the holy author173 and collector of sweet songs,174 the plectrum on the spiritual lyre, the holy prophet, (fore)father of the Christ according to the flesh,175 calling out: “He who makes his messengers spirits, his servants flames of fire”.176 §2 Verily, exceedingly great is the creation of God, like again he said: “Your deeds have multiplied, O Lord, you have created them all wisely and the earth is full with your creation.”177 §3 Since your piousn|ess (66 = BN 131.1.27V a) came today to us and you beseeched us, those most humble, and asked: “We would like to learn the day of the investiture of the archangel Gabriel,” §4 we will begin then through the help of God, the benevolent and the one who allocates the wise,178 so that he will open to us the door of ut-

Between the columns, a large ornament has been drawn, that looks like a giant T. However, since none of the other versions seem to start with a first person narration (for the incipit of the Arabic version, see Goussen, in Fs Sachau, 60 sub 17g “Er sagt: ‘Die Welt nimmt ein Ende und alle ihre Gelüste…’”), but all address the audience, it has been regarded as ornamental here. 173 See Sophocles, Lexicon, 801–02 s.v. 2 ‘written entirely with one’s own hand.’ This might come closest to the modern concept of authorship. 174 For this designation of David, see CD, 373b sub reFseuH-. 175 Cf. Rom 1:3, Mt 1:1–17 & Lk 3:23–38. 176 Cf. Ps 103[104]:4 as well as Heb 1:7; see note 43 above. 177 Cf. Ps 103[104]:24; see note 44 above. 178 Due to the missing ntÜsofia nnÝsofos, the possible allusion to Sir 1:1 is almost elusive (Thompson, Coptic Version, 127) tsofia thr±s ouebol Hit±m[pjoeis] auw svoop 172

438

Appendix

terance179 according to his saying: “I am God who opens the deaf and who gives the mouth to the dumb.”180 For he, our saviour, has already instructed us, saying: “I will give you a mouth and wisdom that none * of your [adversaries] will be able [to withstand].”181

Part I: The setting Archelaos’ journey (§7–14) §7 Now,

it happened to me, Archelaos the humble, while I was182 a presbyter, I desired in the wish of God to visit the holy places that the pious empress Helena, the mother of emperor Constantine had built in the holy city, Jerusalem, so that I may(?) worship the cross of our Lord, Jesus Christ, his holy tomb and his precious Anastasis183. §6 And I returned and went to Siloam. I walked […]. [Unknown amount of folios lost]

Part III: Miracles wrought by the Archangel after the consecration of the church Perôtios, the dishonest debtor (§100–123) […Beginning lost…] said to the boy: “Behold, this is the man and he guaran]|tees ([??]= fol. M664B(18)R a) for me.” The boy said: “I believe him. And he is trustworthy for me.” §101 The boy went with Perôtios. He returned to his father and told him: “My father, the man who has guaranteed is very trustworthy.” §100 [Perôtios

n±mmaF vaen[eH].

Cf. Col 4:3 see note 47 above. Cf. Ws 10:21, with a different Sahidic wording though (de Lagarde, Aegyptiaca, 84; cf. also Thompson, Coptic Version, 90). All three Coptic versions of our text deviate here in details. 181 Lk 21:15 see note 49 above. 182 The verbal form used here seems to be a Fayyumic form of the stative of eire, i.e., ai. However, since the text shows eiaai, the doubled a must be assumed to have sprung from the line break. Yet, the MONB.CU-version uses almost consistently the form w for the stative of eire. 183 See note 50 above. 179 180

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

439

His father said to him: “Who is he?” He said: “It is the archangel Gabriel.” “I accept him”, the rich man said, “and he is trustworthy for me. He is able to give me what is mine when the fixed date arrives.” §102 The rich man told Perôtios: “Tomorrow, Lord willing, I will give it to you.” §103 Perôti|[os * went home until dawn. The rich man] ro[se and went] to the chu[rch] where [the icon] of the arch[angel] was painte[d. He p]ray[ed thus]: “Arch[angel] Gabri[el, I have confidence] in your ch[arity and] your mercy, so [that you will] be w[itness bet]ween me [and this] man, [whom I will give] this [gold]. §104 I kn[ow that y]ou are [a trustwort]hy [witness.” Then he] pr[ostrated himself before the ar]chan[gel and went] h[ome.] §105 Pe[rôtios rose very early] in the morning [and went] to the hou[se of the man.] He took [the hundred] solidi and used them for business for a yea|[r’s ([??]= fol. M664B(18)V a) time ….184 §106 The interest that] the [Lord be]stowed [on them – ha]lf of it belongs to Pe[rôti]os and [the other half] to the gold-giving man185 […].§107 And he did not ask for a […] man.186 … §108 Day by day Perôtios earned a lot of gold […]187

A restoration according to the other Sahidic version seems possible, but due to the absence of any letters in the three lines it would be completely speculative. In addition, the text of both M583 §140 and the Bohairic version seems a little to short to fill three lines. 185 Space and preserved letters seem to speak in favour here of the assumed attributive pattern with an infinitive plus object in the second position. However, one would probably rather expect a form like nÜreFÝTnenouF instead, such as, e.g., in Mt 11:19 ourwme n=reFouwm auw n=reFsehr±p (Aranda Perez, Ev. S Mateo, 158). The following line does not seem to preserve any letters, according to Depuydt’s copy (Depuydt, Cat., 191). This is corroborated by a digital image kindly supplied by the collection’s curator showing neither traces of letters nor strokes. Hence, the beginning of a new paragraph has been assumed for line a11. 186 The Bohairic version’s ouoH mpeFvini on n”sagramation n”totF “§And he did not ask him for a written bond in the matter…” (de Vis, Homélies II, 272, 4–5) does not seem to be an exact parallel to our text. A possible resoration could be [m]pFvi|[ne nsaou]rwme |[eFw nHot] “…he did not ask for a trustworthy human”. For lines 14–16, one would rather expect HnteFmh|[te nmm]aF HapeiHwb, but the digital image seems to back Depuydt’s (Cat., 191) reading of line 15. 187 As remarked above, the first column of the verso of Pierpont Morgan M664B(18) must have once contained more text than is transmitted in §§140–42 of the M583 version as does the Bohairic one, which has for these paragraphs (quoted here for convience 184

440

Appendix

Then, the Devil filled the heart of Perôtios not to give anything to the ow|ner * of the gold, saying thus: “He has not signed any debt acknowledgement with me. And there is no one to witness against me that I received anything from him.” §109 As well as: “Even the witness whom I set between me and his son, i.e., the painted icon of the archangel Gabriel, will neither speak nor can he ever testify against me.188 §110 If it should come to pass that he would take me to court, I will persist against him: ‘You have not given anything at all to me’, and he will have no means at all against me too.” §111 Yet, when the man who lent him the gold saw that Perôtios had given him nothing at all, he does not trust him to give (them to) him189, be|cause ([??] = fol. CG 9254R a) the appointed time passed. It constrained him. He sent, called out to Perôtios, and said:190 “I want (back) the gold that I gave you. Even if you have not given anything to me of the interest, give me at least the capital.191” §112 Perôtios replied: “What are these words you utter? You have not given me gold nor do you have anything with me!” §113 The man was in distress and grew weary and said to Perôtios: “Go,

again): “§And Perôtios received the hundred solidi to use them for business for a year’s time and pay back the capital in his stead again. Of the interest, which God would appoint to him, half would be for Perôtios and the other half would belong to the rich man, the owner of the gold. §And he did not ask him for a written bond in the matter, for he had trust in God and the holy archangel Gabriel. §Perôtios now went and transacted business with the gold. §Day by day, Perôtios earned a lot of gold. As the year was over and the appointed time arrived, Perôtios did not give anything to the rich man.” (de Vis, Homélies II, 272, 1–10). 188 The Bohairic version is here closer to the one edited above, but with some lexical differences, see above note 92. 189 The negated Present I seems slightly spurious, unless one would be inclined to assume a conjunctive negated with an, which is attested in later Bohairic texts, see Müller, in Oreal & Winand, Negation in Ancient Egyptian. However, unless one would assume that this clause would be coordinated by juxtaposition with the preceding temporal clause, this seems to be the main clause then. 190 M583 §147 has just: “he sent after him and said to him: «…»”. 191 The appearance of a negated past form seems unexpected, but is attested also in the Bohairic version, which sounds much politer, though: kanmen mpekT nhi m”pijfo aritagaph n”tekT nhi m”pikefaleon “Even if you have not given me the interest, be so kind and give me the sum” (de Vis, Homélies II, 273, 4–5). M583 §147 has a negative Aorist instead in the apodosis: “Even if you don’t give me anything of the interest, give me the capital.”

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

441

reflect about yourself and bring me my gold. For, if you do not give it to me, I will have the witness prove you wrong, so that you will have to give them to me, no thanks to you,192 together with what* [you have made in profit].” §114 P[erôti]os replied: [“If you find] him who witnesses against me, who is [worthy of tru]st, [I will give] it together [with their interest]”193, §115 while [Perô]tios thought to himself that the archangel Gabriel cannot witness against him.194 §116 When they entered where the icon of the archangel was painted, the owner of the gold stopped and said thus: §117 “My lord archangel Gabriel, you know that when this man came to me and said to me: ‘I want gold, so that I can do business with it’, I requested from him a trustworthy man so that he will guarantee for him with me.195 Then he told me that it would be you ([??] = fol. CG 9254V a) [who] guaran[tees] for him.196 And [I

For the expression see CD 681a. The restoration differs from the one proposed by de Vis, Homélies II, 274, 12–13. Although the codex attests the assimilation of /n/ to /m/ (§119, 10 mmhhve), one would not necessarily expect an articleless appearance of the noun here. In addition, the scribe seems to have a preponderance for the use of r-mntre/h over the noun and hence a headless relative clause has been restored. Finally, the assumed grammatical construction behind de Vis’ ntepisteue naF is not clear to me. The restoration proposed here hence follows the M583 version; even if the space needed for that might seem slightly excessive. 194 The Sahidic version of M583 adds here: “The man said again to him: ‘Go and reflect!’ ‘Behold,’ Perôtios answered, ‘I did reflect and you did not give anything to me at all.’ The man said to him: ‘If it is so that I did not give anything to you, then follow me and I will have you proven wrong, for I do have the trustworthy and guaranteeing witness.’ The man rose, walked, and forced Perôtios to follow him. And thus they went to the topos of the holy archangel Gabriel.” See above, §§150–51. 195 Note that both Munier’s separation as ourwme eFwnH attarFv±ptwrei mmoF and de Vis’ translation as “un home vivant qui serait garant pour lui”, face the problem that a) “a living man” should be ourwme eFonH in Coptic, and b) that attarFv±ptwrei mmoF is grammatically inexplicable, hence the text has been adjusted according to the text transmitted in Bohairic. Both other recensions formulate the passage differently. The M583 text has: “Holy archangel Gabriel, you know that this man came to me and said to me: ‘I want gold.’ I inquired after a witness from him, so that he would be witness between me and him” (see §152 above), whereas the Bohairic version gives: “My lord, the holy archangel Gabriel. It is you who knows everything, and (who knows) that when Perôtios came to me and said: ‘I want these gold (coins), so that I can do business with them’, I requested from him a trustworthy man so that he will guarantee for him” (de Vis, Homélies II, 276, 1–5). 196 This seems to be construed as indirect speech with the common partial adjustment 192 193

442

Appendix

beli]eved in you[r] honoured [glory] and your [might] and gave him [the gold]. And you [know also, my] Lord, [that I am] not [telling] lies. §118 Behold, now he want[s to car]ry away what [is] mine. He has given me nothing at all.197 You also know, my Lord that I believed198 in you. Then, my Lord, make your declaration according to your your wish and according as it pleases God.”199 §119 When he had said these things, he said to Perôtios: “Swear an oath to me!”200 §120 Perôtios had stopped already and was unable to move to the right or to the left, but * was like a stone.201 §121 When the people saw that his eyes were open and that he does not speak nor is able to move at all,202 §122 the news about him spread and multitudes gathered to see what had happened to Perôtios. §123 And they shouted out: “Eis theos, one is the God of the archangel Gabriel.”203 §124 And suddenly, he was suspended between heaven and earth for

of the referential pronouns, as “guarantee for me” would be semantically unwanted. See the reference given above in note 100. 197 In the Bohairic version, the sentence appears as: “Behold, he wants to deceive me.” (de Vis, Homélies II, 277, 1–2). 198 The verbal form intended in jetaipisteue nak is probably a Perfect II. The sentence appears to be augmented by “…with all my heart in you and your holy might” in M583, see above §154. 199 Again, the text of the various versions deviates. M583 §155 has: “You then, O my Lord, make your declaration and your wish and the wish of God shall happen” (see above), while the Bohairic text says: “Then, o my Lord, avenge me quickly and may what pleases the Lord happen” (de Vis, Homélies II, 277, 3–4). 200 The other Sahidic version elaborates on that as follows: “When he had said these things, he said to Perôtios: ‘Here is the witness and guarantor, what do you say?’ §157 Perôtios, however, said in his stupidity: ‘Well then, may he prove me wrong now.’” 201 The effects for Perôtios are described in different details in the other versions. The M583 text has: “When Perôtios had said these words, forthwith he was pierced onto the ground and was unable to move to either side, but was like a stone. He could not move at all” (see above §158), whereas the Bohairic version tells: “The moment Perôtios said these (things), he forthwith fell onto his face and did not move at all. He became like a stone.” (de Vis, Homélies II, 278, 1–3). 202 While the other Sahidic version introduces a crowd rather unexpectedly as well: “When they saw that his eyes were open, while he was neither able to speak nor to move to either side” (see §159), the Bohairic version has the rich man react first: “When the rich man saw that he is unable to speak, he marveled greatly at the might of God” (de Vis, Homélies II, 278, 3–4). 203 Noteworthy here is the elision of the vowel of the copula element pe.

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

443

about two hours.204 §125 After a while, he205 gave him the ability to speak. §126 And he shouted out: “Archangel Gabriel, grant me pardon … [Unknown amount of folios lost]

Miracles wrought by the icon of the archangel (§200–205) […Beginning lost…] a blind-born man entered and slipped into the crowd through his strong faith. When he approached the icon that had been positioned] ([97] = fol. BN 132.1.04R a) upon a throne amidst the church, he went to it with the help of the ones guiding him.206 He kissed the icon and forthwith his eyes opened all in a sudden. §201 When the stone carrying crowds saw what had happened to him,207 they marvelled exceedingly. §202 Afterwards someone suffering from leprosy entered. And when he proceeded in his faith, after having put his face onto the icon, the leper [ceased … forth]with.208 §203 [When all these things happened, I] myself, […] Archelaos, [had] a wooden [column fashioned], which * was plated with choice silver. He placed upon it the icon of the archangel Gabriel until today.209 §204 And §200 [Behold,

The indication of the duration of Perôtios’ being in limbo is omitted in the Bohairic text, see de Vis, Homélies II, 279, 1. 205 In the text of M583 §162, the sentence is construed as passive. The 3rd person singular masculine pronoun here and in the Bohairic text (de Vis, Homélies II, 279, 1–2) probably refers to the archangel. 206 In M583 above, this paragraph has been divided into two. The expression chosen differs slightly: “…, §199 he forthwith went to it with the help of the one guiding him. He kissed the icon of the holy archangel Gabriel and forthwith his eyes opened all in a sudden”. The Bohairic version is similarly phrased and as succinct with “by him who guided him. He worshipped it and forthwith both his eyes opened” (de Vis, Homélies II, 285, 5–6). 207 The version of M583 introduces the crowd as “the multitudes gathered at the topos,” see §200 above. Instead, the Bohairic just calls them laconically nimhv “the crowd” (de Vis, Homélies II, 285, 6). 208 According to the M583 version (§201), one would expect the text to continue: “He put his face onto the image and kissed it. Forthwith, the peeling off caused by the leprosy ceased.” But the space does not seem sufficient for that. The restoration above follows a suggestion of Anne Boud’hors. 209 Again, the text of M583 §202 deviates from the above. Line 26 might have been a new paragraph and it is tempting to restore in l. 27 the traces to a[nok] Hw. However, the gap at the beginning of line 28 seems unwanted when comparing the other versions, and 204

444

Appendix

many healings happened to everyone who would faithfully approach that icon. Even if they suffer from every sickness, they obtain healing without any hesitation at all. §205 Again, there are plenty of other miracles, I would like to tell to you, but they are countless, being of various forms, which happened under the grace of God through this icon.210

Final exhortations by Archelaos to his audience and doxology (§206–231) §206 These

things, indeed, we told them for your love, (98 = fol. BN 132.1.04V a) because of the holy archangel Gabriel and his great glory and the wonders that happened in his holy name.211 §207 Well then, we will let it suffice us here, lest we would increase the story utterly and some of the faithless ponder longer in their faithlessness and their madness, 212 dare to say: “These things we heard are not true!”213 §208 Them of this kind, they draw down upon themselves 214 an utterly heavy judgement on the day when every mouth will be shut and the whole world will receive judge-

in lines 29 and 30 likewise. In addition, one notes that, whereas M583 §202 has Archelaos fashion a wooden pillar (stullos), in the Bohairic version it is a wooden cross (oustauros n”ve), see de Vis, Homélies II, 285, 13. 210 All three Coptic versions deviate in this part. The parallel text in M583 gives: “§204 And there are further great wonders and miracles, which this benevolent God accomplished through the holy archangel Gabriel; these, if we would tell them, would be countless having happened through that icon.” The restoration to on in l. b 20 follows the observation that the attributive construction would otherwise contain a superfluous n (HnkenoC nnvphre), which, however, could be explained as a Fayyumic trait; cf. the Grammatical introduction above. The Bohairic version dispenses with the whole of §§204–05 of M583, see de Vis, Homélies II, 285–86. 211 M583 §205 formulates this part as: “Behold, these things, indeed, we told them for your love, O God-loving people, because of the holy archangel Gabriel, the great glory, and the miracles that happened in his holy name.” As mentioned in the preceding note, the Bohairic version does not contain this part. 212 The emendation to a conjunctive seems almost inevitable here. 213 §§208–209 appear as a single paragraph with slightly different wording in detail in M583 §206 above: “Well then, we will let it suffice us here, lest we would increase the story utterly and some attendees ponder longer in their faithlessness and their madness, and dare to say: “These are not true”” The separated following part is basically identical. The Bohairic version shows a more abridged version: “We will then let it suffice us here, lest some become faithless and say: ‘These words are not true’, for such draw upon them a perdition in the days when every tongue will be shut and the whole world will be under the judgement of God” (de Vis, Homélies II, 286, 1–4). 214 Probably by fault, the eHraž ejwou appears twice, once after the verb and once again at the end of the clause.

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

445

ment accordingly from God 215 , he who judges the living and * the dead216. §209 Then217 let us turn around and do works worthy of forgiveness218 of the numerous sins we commit. §210 Let us beget charity for us and brotherly love for one another, especially for our poor fellow members219, who are among us, in this specific icon.220 §211 Do not slander one another, for slander is murder, just as [the great a]po[stle said: “He who] s[landers his broth]er, a[bandons] the law.221 §212 For if [man] ju[dges the] (9[9] = fol. BN 131.3.36R a) law, what is its honour?” 222 . For the man who fights against God’s law has nothing but condemnation.223 §213 Let us abstain from such empty kind of vainglory! §214 For whosoever will bear vainglory for himself, estranges himself from God; §215 just like one of the sages said: “Vainglory is God’s abomination.”224 §216 No, my beloved ones, let us not be an abomination before God. §217 For, if man is an abomination to God who created him, what is his value?225

Rom 3:19b see note 133 above. 1 Pt 4:5b see note 134 above. 217 An appellative “my brethren” is inserted in M583 §207. 218 Probably a part is missing here (cf. M583 §207 “…do works worthy of repentance and fitting for forgiveness”), as the assumed allusion to Mt 3:8 (Aranda Perez, Ev. S Mateo, 112 arireCe noukarpos eFm=pva n=tmetanioa) is lost otherwise. 219 The dot within n”n”vbhr ¥ melos nHhke seems unexpected, if we assume a compound noun as done here through comparison with M583 §208 nenvbhr mmelos nHhke; for the expression see note 138 above. 220 The first part of this paragraph is much shorter and differently organised in M583 §208: “and beget us charity and brotherly love for each other. And our poor fellow members among us….” 221 Noteworthy seems the writing of the copula te as de; thus also below on the following leaf. The restoration of line b 27 is dubious, but the space available in the line is insufficient for an expected eFk[atalalei nsa]. Again, the text is differently organised in M583 §208, continuing from the quote in the preceding note: “…let us not slander them, for slander is abhorrence for God as well it is fratricide, §209 just as the great apostle said.” The Bohairic version deviates from both Sahidic versions in details: “Let us not slander, for the slander is fratricide. He who is vain is an enemy to God. As he said: ‘The vainglory is enmity to God’” (de Vis, Homélies II, 286, 7–287, 2). The scriptural quote has been linked to Lk 16:15 by de Vis. 222 Cf. Jas 4:11 though different in detail see note 140 above. 223 Cf. Rom 13:2. 224 Cf. Prv 8:13. 225 The sentence is slightly different in M583 §210 above “Let us abstain from this vainglory! For whosoever is vain is abhorrent for God; for if the man is abhorrent for 215 216

446

Appendix

* §218 Nor let us fornicate, for great is the retribution for fornication.226 our Lord ordered unto us: “Whoever will watch after a woman and desires her has already committed adultery with her in his heart,” how much more so whosoever follows the foul pollution of fornication.227 §220 Nor let these vain words and these lies come out of your mouths. §221 Nor these heavy false oaths for our Lord has already exhorted to us: “Do not swear any oath! Neither to the heavens, nor to the earth! (100 = fol. BN 131.3.36V a) §222 As he teaches us with precision: “Swearing is an offence in every way! §223 May words228,” he said, “be ‘Yes, yes’ and ‘No, no.’ Everything beyond these is of the evil one.229 §224 And you will understand, o my beloved,230 that: “The false oath is one out of the evil one. §225 Therefore, let us eschew everything of the evil one for all his paths are crooked.”231 §226 We shall remain in great endurance, while we turn away from the Devil and his abominable appearances. §227 I wish indeed to say much (more) for the benefit of your love about the sna|res * of that evil enemy, the wolf robbing the souls, §228 but we should not bring gloom to this great feast that is spread out for us today, i.e., the day of the archangel Gabriel, the great messenger of the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Ghost §229 for the glory of the holy archangel Gabriel is very great. §230 Let us gather, then, in his holy feast232 in pure consciousness and perfect affection directed towards him who created us, §231 so that, when he beholds that we are glad about him on his honoured feast […]233 §219 If

God, what is his work?”. 226 The causal clause is missing in M583 §211. 227 Mt 5:28 see note 146 above. The last phrase is absent in the other Sahidic version, as it is in the Bohairic version. 228 The emendation to petÜnÝvaje seems inevitable. 229 Cf. for the whole passage Mt 5:34–37. M583 §217 shows a rather different version, for which see the §§213–16 of that text above. 230 The appellative is missing in M583. 231 Cf. Prv 2:15 see note 151 above. 232 M583 has here “to his holy topos” (see §221). 233 The remainder (“…he entreats God on our behalf and he receives us into his kingdom which is in heaven through the grace and the kindness of our Lord Jesus Christ, he through whom the glory belongs to him and his good Father and the Holy Ghost for ever and ever. Amen!”) might have been on the first column of the succeeding page or has been dispensed with and the text ends here.

447

Archelaos, In Gabrielem

List of Biblical and Other Textual References References here refer to the notes to the translation. However, to discriminate between textual notes and quotations in the text, the latter have been marked as referring to paragraphs.

Biblical Books & Apocrypha Ps 103[104]:4 Ps 103[104]:24

176 177

Prv 2:15 Prv 8:13

§227 223

Ws 10:21

179

Sir 1:1

178

Mt 1:1–17 Mt 3:8 Mt 5:28

175 217 §219

Mt 5:34–37

§223

Lk 3:23–38 Lk 21:15

175 §4

Rom 1:3 Rom 3:19b Rom 13:2

175 §208 222

Col 4:3

§4

1 Pt 4:5b

§208

Jas 4:11

§212

Other textual references Archelaos of Neapolis, On Gabriel M583 ed. above §140 183 §§140–42 186 §147 189, 190 §150 192 §§150–51 193 §152 194 §154 197 §155 198 §§156–57 199 §158 200 §159 201 §162 204 §199 205 §200 206 §201 207 §202 208 §203 209 §§204–05 209 §205 210 §206 212

§207 §208 §§208–09 §210 §211 §§213–16 §217 §221 Bohairic version ed. de Vis, Homélies II 272, 1–10 272, 4–5 273, 4–5 274 274, 12–13 276, 1–5 277, 1–2 277, 3–4 278, 1–3 278, 3–4 279, 1 279, 1–2

217 218, 219 220 224 225 228 229 231

186 185 190 191 192 194 196 198 200 201 203 204

448

Appendix: Index

285, 5–6 285, 6 285, 13 285–86 286, 1–4 286, 7–287, 2

205 206 208 209 212 220

Celestine of Rome, On Archangel Gabriel

162

Pambo of Scetis, Hist. mon.

161

Severian of Gabala/ Proclus of Constantinople, On the Nativity of Christ

160

Names (personal, ethnic & toponyms) n-apostolos as n-iote etouaab n-a. title30–1

p-noute title4–5, 1–2, §221–2, §10230,

§11820–1, §12317, §20526–7, §20829, §2126, §21416, §21521, §21625, §21727–8

archlaos title5–6, §56–7, §20328 gabrihl plus parcaggelos (†etouaab)

pe-pn±=a= etouaab §22815

title8–9, 17–8, 26–7, §10116–7, §10913–4, §11510–1, §11720–2, §12317–9, §12629– 30, §20222–3, §2034–5, §2061–3†, §22810–1, §22918–9; – only p-arcaggelos *§1037, *§10422–3

perwdiws (PN, M p-ἐρωδίος) §10228,

daueid (da=±d=) §16 p-diabolos *§10828–9, §22627 i±s= §523 qi±l±=h±=m= (with add. t-) title32, §521 p-iwt §22813 kostanTnos §519 neapolis title7

§10331–1, *§10525, *§1066–7, *§10820–1, 29, §11923–4, perwdios §11129, 5, §11214, §11324, *§1142–3, *§1158–9, §12026, §12212–3, perodios §1018

silwHam Siloam §629–30 p-swthr (sw±=r=) §424 (pen-s.) pe-c±=s= §112, §523 p-vhre §22814 Hhlhne §516–7 p-joeis *§1064–5; p(e)n-j. §2195, §22127

Lexical Index Especially for the Greek words the various spellings encountered in the text are given separately. Deviations are noted in brackets behind the reference. The object marker n-/mmo- has not been listed separately. The number given refers to the paragraph and the line(s) in the column in which the word is to be found in subscript, i.e., §110 directs you to paragraph 1 of the text, line 10 of the respective column of the folio that contains §1.

Loan-words ἀγαθός (-ws) §413–4

ἀγάπη F *§10313, *§20630, §21010, §22732

449

Archelaos, In Gabrielem ἄγγελος PL §116

ἐκκλησία F (kklhsia) *§1035, §2002–3

ἅγιος M title5, -α F §520

ἐλάχιστος M §57–8

αἰτεῖν (ažtež) §32

ἐλέγχειν (elece) §11329

ἀκρίβεια (agržbža) §2222–3

ἐν ὅσον (nHoson) §1158

ἀληθῶς (alhqws) §219

ἐνάγειν (enege) §11020

ἀλλά §12030, §20522, §2284

ἐπει (epž) §11327

ἀμήν (Hamhn) title28

ἐπειδή (epidh) §329

ἀνάστασις F §524–5

ἐπίβουλος M §2271–2

ἀξιωματικός (axiomaTkos) title12

ἐπιθυμεῖν (epžqumež) §2198–9

ἀπιστία F §20714

επίσκοπος M title6

ἄπιστος PL §20711–2

ἔτι ADV (aitež) §58

ἀπόνοια F §20715

εὐτελής P §34

ἀπόστολος title31, §21124–5

ζωγραφεῖν (zografei) §10915–6

ἀργόν ADJ §22019

θαρρεῖν (qari) *§10312

ἀρχάγγελος title7, 17–8, 26–7, §39, (arcea.) §10116, *§1037, *11, *§10422–3, *§10913–4, §11510–1, §11720–1, §12317–8, §12629, §20222, §2034, §2061–2, §22810–1, §22918

θεός §12316

ἀρχαῖος title28–9

κατά §113, §418, §21122–3, §21517

ἀσπάζειν (aspaze) §2006

καταλαλιά §21120–1

ἀτονεῖν (adwnež) §11322–3

καταλελεῖν (katalalež) §21118–9, *26

βοήθεια F (bohqža) §412

κεφάλαιον (kefažlewn) §11111–2

γάρ §20819, §21230, §2123, §21727, §2239, §22916

κιθάρα

γραμμάτιον §1083–4

κρίμα §20822–3, §2223

δέ §411, §55, §1016, §10226, *§10525,

κρίνειν (kržne) §20830, *§21230

§10817, §11020, §11126, §11214, §11321, §11922, §12026, §1212, §1228, §20111, §20519, §22623

δημιουργία (dimiourgia) F §220 διάλογος *title3, 24 διοίκησις F (dihgesžs) §11817 δισταγμός (džsdasmos) §20417 εἰκών F (Hikwn) §21018, (qikwn DEF-εἰ.)

§2006–7, §2033, §20412, §20527, (qikon DEF-εἰ.) §20221

εἰρήνη F title1 εἰς §12316

θρόνος M §2001 καί μάλιστα (kemalista) §21912 κάν §1119, §20413

F

(kiqara) §19

κόσμος M §20827

λαιμήν/lumen M (limhn) *§1036, §10912–3,

§11615

λειτουργός (litourgos) P §117 λῖμμα M §11111–1 λόγος title24 λοιπόν *§10827–8, §11731, §11815–6, §2077,

§2092, §23019

μάλιστα in καί μάλιστα (kemalista) §21912 μέλος §21014 μέν §20629, (mn) §22730 νόμος M §21128, §2121, 5–6

450

Appendix: Index

ὁλόγραφος M (wlografos) §14–5

προσδοκεῖν (prostwkei) §11131

ὁλοκόττινος (Holokottinos) §10530

προσκυνεῖν (proskune) *§10422

οὐδέ §10917, §11130–1, §11219, §12029–30,

προφήτης M §110–1

§1215, §2181, §22017, §22123, – οὐδέ … οὐδέ … §22129–30

παραγγέλλειν (paraggžle) §22125–6 παρακαλεῖν (parakalei) title13–4 πιστεύειν (pisteue) §1003–4 (na-), *§1147 (na-), §1173–4 (e-), §11815 (na-) πίστις F §20220, §20411 πλῆκτρον (plekton)

M

§18

πνεῦμα (pn±=a=) M §116 πνευματικός (pn±=i±=t±=o±=n=) §19–10 πονηρός M §22310, §22416, §22520 πόλις F title13, §520 πορνεία F (pornža) §21916, (pwrnža) §2183 πορνεύειν (porneue) §2182 πρεσβύτερος M §59–10 προαίρεσις (proHažresžs) §23024 προθεσμία F (prwqusmža) §10124–5, §1111–2

σάρξ F §113 σοφία F §226, §429 σοφός PL §415, §21519 σταυρός (sRo±=s=) M §522 στῦλος (stullos) M *§20330–1 συγγνώμη (sugnomh) §12631 συνείδησις (sunhdhsžs) §23022 σύνταγμα title28 τάφος §524–5 τολμᾶν (tolma) §20715–6 τόπος M §513 ὑπομονή (Hupomonh) §22625 φαντασία PL §22628 χάρις F §20526 ψυχή PL §2274 ὡς (Hws) §2221

πρός PRP *§11817–8, *19

Coptic words a- ‘ca.’ see below under naaiai §223 al §421 anav §22123, 28–9, §22413 anok §420, §56, anon §33 ato §20524–5 auw sentence initial §title22, §628, *§10421,

§1099, §11613, §12314, §12420, §12524, §12627, §20218, §2047, resultative §11024, clause coord. PF I §11322, §1172, §1229, §2007, PRS I §1004, §10120, §1085, §1176, POSS §10121, NP coord. §16, §414, §1067,

Attribute coord. §21310 (REL), PP coord. §11819, broken cotext §20223 aHerat® §11616, §12027–8 ajn- §20415 baivenouFe §22812–3 bwk §11425, w. e- §512, §629, *§1031, *4, *§10423), *§10527, §11613 (eHoun e-) bal §1214, §2009 bote §21520, §22629, – in r-bote §21623–4 (nnaHrn-), §21727 (e-) ebot §title21 empva §2095 eoou *§1174, §2064 erhu as ne-PRN-erhu §21119–20, – in eHoun e- §21012

451

Archelaos, In Gabrielem etbe title8, 16, §22517, §22732 – in etbeje- KON §11132–1 etmmau §2272

me – in mai-noute §514–5, 18; in mnt-mai-noute §330; in mnt-mai-son §21011

evje §2195

merit §22212, merate PL §21622–3

ejen- §2001, ejw® §1084, §2032–3, – in eHrai ejn-/ejw® §20820–1, 24–5

mou —, †moout §2081 moeit §2005

ei §11724, va- §31, §1018 (ž), w. ebol §1228, w. eHoun §20216–7

mmau §1086, §2123

eia in tsabo-ža® §425

mmate §11112–3, §22916–7

eime §38, ime §22411 eire §2097, žre §2093, §21415, r- §10531, §1086, §10917 (er-), §1112, §11321, §1201, §21623 (er-), §21727 (er-), §21910, aa® §10910, †w §1004, §10112, 20, *§10420, §20524, †aai §58–9, IMP ari- §11816 eis — in eisHhhte *§1189 iwt §112, §1019, 14, §22813, iote PL title30 eive —, avt® §12421 hi *§1032, *§10424, *§10528 hpe in at-ji-hpe §20523 ke *§1068, §1099, §20519 kw ebol *§21127; M §2095–6 kba in ji-k. §2183 kim §12029, §1216 kwt —, kot® §514–5 kto —, kto® §628, §2093 koui ATTR —, ABS S §12525 kaH §226, §12422, §22130 ciaHk §title21–2

mmon ‘no’ §2237, 8 mn- §428, §524, 26, §1017, *§10313, *16, §10911, §1131, §1147, §1174, §12422, §2063, 4, §20714, §20831, §21010, §22019, §22628, §22814(2x), §23023; nmma® §21016 moun (ebol) §22623–4 mžne §20619–20, §2139–10 mnnesa- §12524, mnnsws §20216 mntre §10315, §10420, §11328–9; in (e)r-mntre §10917–8 (e-), (e)r-mntrh (e-) §1086–7, *§1144–5, §11512 mpo §423 mpwr §21622 mpva see empva above mhse *§1147 mate §20415 mhte *§10416, *§10714–5, §10911, §2002 moute §1114 maau §517 mauaa® §20821 meeue §1159, §20712

lo *§20224

mhhve PL §12210, §20113, mhhvh M *§10819

lwms —, †loms §21915

moove §630, §1017

las §20826

mouvt —, movt® §11325

laau §10831–2, 8, §11023, §11130, §11220, §11812, §20416, §22128

mouH §227, maH- *§10829

ma §1036, §11614 – in vapežma §2078–9 me ‘truth’ §20717

n- title8, §11728, §10227, *§10422, §10832,

§11211, §11324, §2049, §21415, §22519, §2286; na® §417, 27, §1003, 4, 5, §10110, 14, 21, 22, §10331, *17, §1066, §11021, 23, §11127, 30, 32, 6, 10, 11, §11219,

452

Appendix: Index

§11326, 28, 30, §1146, §11724, 32, 5, §11812, §11925, §12525, §12630, §2109, §21413, §22126, §22411, §2287 na- POSS.P- title4 na- ‘about’ a- §12422 na §10314 naž DEM.P §510, §11922, §20629, §20819, §21015, §2239 nei- DEM.P §34, §10318, §11217, §2138,

§22018, §22123

noub *§10318, *§10820, §11219, §11618, as PL ‘gold coins’ nouF §1069, *§1081,

§11127, §11326, §11725, *6

nobe §2096 noeik in r-noeik §21910 nka §10832 nim QU §43, §2049, 14, §20826, §21412, §22519 nim IRP §10115 nane- —, nanou® §23025 nsa- *§10712, §11728, *§21126, 3, §2198, 14, nsw® —

§21518, §22126, nCe- §515, *§10820 on title22, 29, §221, §329, §423, §20520, §21517 pe §12421, §22129 pw® POSS.M.ABS +1S §10123 paž DEM.M §20830, §22517 pei- DEM.M §57, *§10316, §11723, §2078, §2286 pwrv —, †porv §2287 pave *§1066, *8 peja® §1019–10, 15, §10226–7, 27, §1115– 6, §11214–6, 15–6, §11323–4, §11618–9, §11923–4, §2236, peje- §1001–2, §10114, 18–9, §1142–3 ro §417 rike —, rakt® §22626 rwme §10110, 18, §10226, *§1033, 17, *§10528, §10712, 13, §1085, §11126, §11216, §11321, §11723–4, 29, §2049, *§21229, 4–5, PL §title11–2, §1212, in mnt-Hetb-r. §21121–2 rmmao §10118–9, §10226–7, *§1033

noute in mai-n. §515–6, 18, mnt-m. §330–1, for p-n. ‘God’ see Name-Index

rompe *§10532–1

ntok §11732, ntk- *§10419–20

ran n- §11820–1; rana® §510

noutm —,

rro M §518–9; rrw F §516

†notem

§17–8

ran §2056

ntoF §423

raste §10229

nau §11128, §1213, §12211, §20111, §23128

roout see below under ourot

nave- —, navw® §2048

rwve §22731

nouFe in baivenoube §22812–3

se ‘yes’ §2237 (2x)

naHren- §21625

sou- §title20

naHte –; as nHat N in †w nHatsic §1004–5, §10112–3, 20–1, *§10420–1, §11729

swbH —, †sobH §20218, *24–5

nouj §22124, §22414 noC title3, §219, §20519, §2063, *§21124, §2183, §22624, §2286, 12, §22916, P §20822 nCi- title11, *§42, §11617, §12210, §2009, §20113, §20217, 24, *§21124, §2124,

soeit §1228 swk §20820 (Hrai ejw®) smine *§20330 smo §20525 son *§21127, in mntmažson §21012 swnt §228

453

Archelaos, In Gabrielem snau NUM M —; snte F §12423, in constr. -snoous §title20–1 sote §118 swtm §14, §20718 swtp —, †sotp *§2031–2 ([so]ptsic) sooun *§10419, §11722, *7, *§11813 swouH §1229, §23020; in reF-seH-ouelle §16–7 saH §title4 sHai §1083, †shH §1118, §11615 sooHe —, saHww® §22518 sHime §2198 T §414, 22, 27, §10122, *§10317, §11127, 32, 11, §11326, §1175, §12630, §2285, T- §1069, §10830, §11022, §11130, 9, §11219, §11327, 30, *§1146–7, §11812, taa® §10230–1, §1118 – in T m-POSS-ouoi title10–1, §2003–4,

§20219, §20410; – in T-oube- *§624, §2125; – in T-qh §12525 taž DEM.F §430

tei- DEM.F *§1039, §11619, §20819, §21017, §2139 tbbo —, †tbbhu §23023 taio —, †tažhu §527, §23131; M §22917 twk §11021 talo §2032 talCo –; M §2047–8 (tÜaÝlCo), §20416 twm §20826 tamo §2221, tamo® title15–6 tamio §115, tamio® §224–5, §21728–9, §23026; M §2122 tnnoou §1114 tapro §422, 28, §22022

– in Hitoot® §411, – in ntoot® §1088, in Hitn- §412, §2004, §20712–3, Hitoot® §11728, in ebol Hitn- title30, ebol Hitoot® §33 twrp in reFt. M §2273 tsabo —, in tsabo-ža-2.P ebol §425 taouo §11217–8, §22018, tauo® title7–8 twoun *§1034 twv —, tav® *§1065 tavo —, tave- §2079 taHo –; in taHo® erat® title19–20; M title16–7, 25–6, §38, §2289–10 twCe §20220–1 ou §11216, §2121, §21729 oua IDF §20217, §21518, §2249, §22414, NUM

§12316,

oua in mnt-reF-ji-oua F §22020–1 ouw §21910 (w. DEP) oube- —, oubh® *§42; for Toube- see above under T ouoi in T m-POSS-ou. e- title10–1, §2002, §20219, §20410 oueine §1112 ouelle in reF-seH-ou. §16–7 ouon ‘one’ *§42–3 ouwn §416, 21, §1214, §2008 ounam §12029 ounou §12422–3, – in nteunou §12420, §2007–8, *§20225 – in tenou §1189 ouwnv §2273–4 ouwnH —, in ouwnH ebol —, ouenH- ebol title23, ouonH® ebol §title29

thr® §225, §20827–8, §22521 – in epthrF §11023–4, §11812–3, §1216– 7, §20417–8, §2224

†ouwp –; †ouaab

twre in veptwre

ourot —, †roout §21329

see below under vwp

– in etouaab title30–1, §15, 11, §513–4, 25, §2062, 6, §22815, §23021 oute §12421 (oude)

454

Appendix: Index

ouwv title15, §36, §11810, §20521, §22730, ouwv® §1117, §11725; M §511, §10229,

§11818

ouwvt §521–2 ouwH in ouaH® nsw® §21913–4 ouwHm *§41–2 (oube-) w §21622 wne §1201, §20114 wnH —,

vaH §118 vaje §10916, §1215, §12526; M §418,

§11217, §20710, PL §22018–9, §2235

Fi §11810, w. ebol §2137; as PC Fai- in Faiwne §20114, in baivenoube §22712–3 Ha- §10715, §20526, §20828,

wkm §2285 †onH

vouo —, †vouežt §21310–1

§20831

wrk §11924, §22128, §2224 wv ebol §12314, §12627 -v- §12028, §1216, -ev- §430 va- §1019, *§1032, §2035, §2078, varo® §31 va §2286, §23021, §23130 ve *§10529 ve ‘wood’ M §20330 ve ‘news’ M in baivenoube §22812–3 vou- *§1145 vbhr PL §21013–4

He ‘way, manner’ — – in kataqh §21122–3, §21517, – in ntHh §221, – in ntežHe *§1039, §11618–9, – in r-qe §1201, in T-qh §12525 He ‘fall’ –; ‘find (out)’ title25 Hi- —, – in Hitn- title30, §412, §2004, §20712–3, Hitoot® §33, §11728, Hi in Hitoot® see above under twre Ho §20221 Hw §2078 Hww® 1S (Hw) *§20327

vhm §1002, §1016

Hwb *§10716, §22519, (Hob) §title23, Hbhue PL §223, §2094 – in r-H. nHht® §10531, §11726

vmmo —, in eire nvmmo §21415–6 (REFL)

Hba M in r-Hba §11321–2

vine §35–6, *§10711–2, §11727

Hbour §12030

vwne §20413–4, M §20414

Hih —, PL Hžooue §22521

vwp —, in vp-twre §10112, *§1171–2, vp-twrež *§1001, §11730; M §1099–10

Hožne §20711

vwpe §55, §10125, *§10314–5, §11019,

Hmot §11331

vlhl *§1038–9

§12212, §20112–3, §20525–6, §2065, §20828, §2236–7, †voop §2048–9, §21015; M in Hnouvpenvwp §20010

vphre §20520, in (e)r-v. §20114–5 vhre §1002, §1016, §10912, §22814 vorp —, vorp® *§10526, vrp-INF §424–5,

§22125

vwrp *§1032 vau §21730

Hhke §21014–5 Hn- title4, 24, 27, 32 (2x), §225, §227, §510, 20, §10229, *§10315, *§10818, 10, §11110, §2002, 9, §20219, §20411, 14, §20522, 27, §2065, §20711, §20825, §21016, §21911, §22021, §2222, §22310, §22415, §22624, §23022, §23130, nHht® §10531, §11726 – in Hmptre- title10–3, §22625–7, §23127–8 Hwn §2106 Houn —,

455

Archelaos, In Gabrielem – in e-Houn §20217, in eHoun e- §11021– 2, §11614, §20411, §21012, §23020–1, 25–6, §23129–30, – in va-eHoun e- §2035–6,

causative §21120, §21412, §2182, §22125, §22520, final j- §2079, §2285, – in etbeje- §11132–1

Hap §20829

ji §10119, §10529, ji- §1087 – as †jhu in j. nkots §22521 – in at-ji-hpe §20523; in ji-moeit §2005

Hrai — – in eHrai ejw® §20820–1, 24 Hrov —, †Horv §20823, †Harv §22124 Hat ‘silver’ §2031 Hat ‘trust’ see above under naHte Hht- §2005 Hht §10829, §21911; in mntjasiHht §2138– 9, §21413–4, §21519–20 Hwtb —, in mntHetbrwme §21121–2 Htwr —, in r-Htwr §1112–3

jw §114, §426, §1038, §1082, §12315, §12628, je- §22730, joo® §222, §419, §11724, 32, §11922–3, §20521, §20629, §20716, *§21123–4, §21518, in mnt-reF-ji-oua F §22020–1 – in *je-Col §1178 joeis §10832–1, §11617, §1177, §11814, 16, – for p-j. ‘the Lord’ see Name-Index jekaas §415–6, §23127

Htooue *§10426–7 Houo §20713, §2238 – in epeHouo §34–5, §20710, – in nHouo §21013

jpo *§1131, §2109, §21413; *§1064 jise –; in mntjasiHht §2138–9, §21413–4,

§21519–20

Hoou §37, *§1051, *§10817, §2036 (2x), §20825, §2288–9, PL *§10818, – in mpoou §31–2, §2288

jout- NUM §title20

je- complementizer title14, 24, §114, §222, §36, §419, 27, §1003, §10110, 15, 16, 19, §10229, *§10310, *14, *§10419, §1087, §1116, §11216, §11324, §1143, §11510, §11720, 25, §11814, §11924, §12316, §12628, *§21125, §21519, §2197, §2223, §22413, j- (if following nasal in coda) title19, §1082, §11022, §11128, §11723, 32, *8, §20716, §22127,

Cažo §2124

jwHm —, M §21915 Cw §12027 Col *§1178 Cwwle —, †Coole §2031 Com *§1175, §2064, in ounCom §10121–2 CmCom *§430–1, §11025 Cine —, Cn- *§10819, §1144 CorCs §22732–1 Cwvt §2197

Grammatical Index The grammatical index largely follows the patterns that have become standard for new text editions. The first part lists the occurrences of verbal forms subdivided into bi- vs. tripartite main and clause patterns. Note that under Present I only instances with a verbal predicate are listed. Sentences with adverbial predicates, which are often mingled with

456

Appendix: Index

these, are separately listed under this header within Nonverbal sentence patterns. Instances marked with an * have been subject to emendation or have been restored.

Verbal predication patterns Bipartite patterns Present I, neg. (n …an)+ NOM: DEF §10111–3,

§22520–2, 1S: §1003–4, §10119–20, §10419, *§1178+, §22730–1, 2MS: §11722, 6–7, 3MS: §1004–5, §10120–1, §11131–2+, §11810–1

REL: DEF+ SUB DEL 3MS:

§115–6+, §421, 22–3, *3–4, §21125–7+, §2125–6, §21915–6, §2287–8; 3FS: §527; 3P: §20831+, 1+, §2096, 7–8, §21310–1, §22124 NOM: DEF *§1036–8+, §11614–6+ DEP,

neg. (n …an)+

NOM: DEF *§1158–9,

§1213–4, 1S: §730–1, §20520–1, 3MS: §113–4, §426, *§1039–10, *§10420–1, *§1081–2, 15–6, §11729, §12027–8, §1214–5+, 6–7+, §12628, §20117–8, §20330–1, *1–2, §20823–5, §21415–6, §21910–1, §2221–2, 2P: §32–3, 5–6, 3P: title13–4, §12315, §20413–4, §20524–5, §21015–6

PRT: NOM: IDF

§2047–9

Present II 1S: §1116–8, §11725, 2MS: §11813–4, 3MS: §21127–8, 1P: title14–5, §46–10, §23128– 30, 3P: §21820–1

Future I (-ne-), neg. (n …an)+ NOM: 1S:

§427–8, §10230–1, §11021–2, §11328–9 (na-), *§1146–7, 3MS: §11024– 5+, 1P: §411, 3P: §430–4+ (na-)

REL: SUB DEL+ NOM:

20825–7, 3MS: §1171–2+, §20410+, §20630–1+, §21412–4+, §2197–8 (DEF), 13–5+(DEF)

DEP (e-…-ne-),

neg. not attested

1S: *§10317–8

Future II (e-…-ne-), neg. not attested 1P: §22623–4

Tripartite patterns Perfect I NOM:

§222–3, 26–7, §329–2, *§10827–9, §1111–2, §1218, §2195–6, PRE: §1106–7, *§10331–2, *§1033–4, §10525–6, §11321–2, §12026–8, POST: §11616–8, §1229–10, §2008–10, §20216–8, §22125–7, 1S: §628, 28–9, 30, *§10312–4, §1087–8, §11727–8, *3–5, 5–6, 2MS: §324–6, 3MS: title23, §424–5, §1017, 8–9, *§1031– 2, *§1033–4, *4–5, *8–9, *§10421–3, *23– 4, §10526, 27–8, 29–30, 31, §1113–4, 4–5, §11321–2, 22–3, §11616, §11731–2,

§12027–8, 1, §12525–6, §12627, §2003–5, 6–7, §20216–7, §2032–5, §2199–10, §22125–6; 3FS: §55–6, 10, §1112–3, 1P: §20629–30, 3P: §1229, §12314, §12420–1, §2008–10, §20114–5 REL (nta-); DEF+ 1S: §1117–8; 2MS: §10910; 3MS: §514–7, §10111–2, §11126–7, §12211–2+, §20112–3+, §21728–9, §23026+; 1P: §20717–8+; 3P: §2065, DEP (ea-)

3MS: title7–9, 29–32, §20220–3, 3P: §20525–8

457

Archelaos, In Gabrielem PRT (nea-)

3MS: *§10818–21

Perfect II (nta-) 1S: §621–2 (tai-sic), 3P: §title19, 25

neg. Perfect (mpe-) NOM:

§11128–30; 2MS: §11022–4, §1119–11, §11218–9; 3MS: *§10611–2, §1082–4, §11811–3, §12028–30

Aorist I (va-) 3P: §20415–6

neg. Aorist (me-) NOM: mere-

§11510–2; 3MS: m±F- §10916, meF- §10917–8

Aorist II (n-/e-va-) not attested

Future III (e-SUB-e-) 2MS: *§10314–5, 3MS: §416–8

neg. Future III (nne-) 1P: §2079–10, §2285–6

neg. Completive (mpate-) not attested

Optative (mare-) NOM:

§2235–7, 1P: maren- §2092–3, §2109– 10, marn- §2077–8, §2137–8, §22517–20, §23020–5

neg. Optative (mpertre-) 1P: §21118–20, §21623–5, §2181–2, §22017–9

Further patterns Possessive (ounte-/+neg. mnte-)

Imperative

2MS: §11220+, 3MS: §2122–6+

MS: §15, §11111, §11325,

Adjective verbs DEP: 3FS:

§23024–5; 3P: §2048

Other (ran n-, rana-)

§11924, §12630–1

§11816–7 (ari-),

Neg. Imperative (mper-) 2P: §22127–9

see lexical index

Auxiliary constructions

Perfect of ‘say’ (peje-/a-)

Periphrastic perfect ouw plus DEP §2199–11 ability ounCom plus e-INF §10121–3; NEG vCmCom plus e-INF *§430–4 kto- plus CNJ §2092–4 vrp-INF §424–5, §22125–7

NOM:

§1001–2, §10114, 18–9, §1142–3, §10226–7, §11214–6, 3MS: §1019– 10, 15, §10227, §1115–6, §11215–6, §1143–4, §11618–9, §11923–4, §2236 PRE:

Clause conjugations Conjunctive (nte-), neg. unattested

Final (tare)

NOM (nte-):

1S: §11726 (nta-); 2MS: §21411; 3MS: §11729–30

§20711–2, 15, §20827–8; 2MS (ng-): §11325, 26, 30; 3MS (nF-): §11724, §2198–9; 1P (nten-): §2093–4; 3P (nse-): §11020, *§20715

Temporal (ntere-) NOM:

§11723–4, §1212–3 (nter-); 3MS: §11128, nterF-: §11922–3, §20218–9; 3P (nterou-): §11613–4, §20111

Completive (vante-) not attested

neg. Completive (mpate-) not attested

Conditional (e-SUB-van-), neg. (e-SUB-tm-)+ NOM (ervan-): §10124–5, §21229–30,

458 §21726–8; 2MS: §11327+, *§1143–4; 3FS: §11021

Temporal clause of simultaneity (Hmptre-) 3MS: §23127–8, 1P: §22625–7, 3P: title10–3

Appendix: Index kataqh REL: PF 3MS §418–9, §21122–5,

§21517–9

Infl./Caus. infinitive (tre-) NOM: §11328–9; 1S:

§512–4, 21–7; 3MS: §10831–2 (neg), 6–7, §12526

Clause of equality nqh REL: PF 3MS: §221–2,

Nonverbal sentence patterns Nominal predication

Bipartite with pronoun (ang-, &c.) 2MS: §10419–21

Bipartite with subject element SE.M: §10115, 16–7, §11330–1 (NEG), §2239–10, §22413–6; SE.F: §21120–2 (desic), §21519–21; SE.P: §20522–4 REL M:

§10125 (DEF), §10912–5, §11810–1 (DEF), §2288–11

Tripartite COP.M:

§219–21, §421, §11216–7, §12316–9 (p-), §2121–2, §21729–30, §2182–4, §2223–4, §22916–9; COP.P: §20716–8 (neg)

Cleft-Sentence FUT:

§11732–2

Adverbial predication DEP NOM: 3P:

§2094–8

Predication of existence NOM:

aff. ouen §20619–22; neg. mn- §1085–7

Bibliography AdM = Hyvernat, Henri: Les Actes des Martyrs de l’Égypte tirés des manuscrits coptes de la Bibliothèque Vaticane et du Musée Borgia, vol. I (all published), Paris 1886. Alcock, Samuel = Alcock, Anthony: The Life of Samuel of Kalamun by Isaac the Presbyter, Warminster 1983. Alföldi, Repräsentation = Alföldi, Andreas: Die monarchische Repräsentation im römischen Kaiserreiche, Darmstadt 1977. Allen, in Mayer & Neil (eds.), Religious Conflict = Allen, Pauline: “Religious Conflict between Antioch and Alexandria c. 565–630 CE” in Mayer, Wendy & Bronwen Neil: Religious Conflict from Early Christianity to the Rise of Islam, Arbeiten zur Kirchengeschichte 121, Berlin & Boston 2013. AM I = Balestri, Giuseppe & Henri Hyvernat: Acta Martyrum I, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium 43 & 44, Scriptores Coptici 3 & 4, Paris 1907 & 1908. Amélineau, Contes & romans = Amélineau, Emile: Contes et romans de l’Egypte chrétienne, 2 vols., Collection des contes et chansons populaires, Paris 1888. Amélineau, Géographie = Amélineau, Émile: La géographie de l’Egypte à l’époque copte. Paris 1893. Andersen, in Charlesworth, OT Pseudepigrapha = Andersen, Francis: “2 (Slavonic Apocalypse of) ENOCH (Late First Century A.D.”, in Charlesworth, James: The Old Testament Pseudepigrapha I, Peabody, MA 2009, 91–213. Aranda Perez, Ev. S Mateo = Aranda Perez, Gonzalo: El evangelio de San Mateo en Copto Sahídico, Texto de M 569, estudio preliminar y aparato crítico, Textos y estudios «Cardenal Cisneros» 35, Madrid 1984. Atiya, in CE 7 = Atiya, Aziz: “Synaxarion, Copto-Arabic: The list of saints”, in Atiya, Aziz (ed.): Coptic Encyclopedia 7, 2173–90. Aumer, Cat. Monacensis = Aumer, Joseph: Verzeichnis der orientalischen Handschriften mit Ausschluß der hebräischen, arabischen und persischen, Catalogus Codicum Manu Scriptorum Bibliothecae Monacensis, Wiesbaden 1875. Bachatly, in Archaeology 4 = Bachatly, Charles: “A Coptic monastery near Thebes”, in Archaeology 4 (1951), 13–15. Bachatly et al., Mon. Phoebammon = Bachatly, Charles et al.: La monastère de Phoebammon dans la Thébaïde. 3 vols., Société d’Archéologie Copte, Rapports de Fouilles, Cairo 1961–81. Bailey, Cat. Lamps = Bailey, Donald: A Catalogue of the Lamps in the British Museum III. Roman Provincial Lamps, London 1988.

460

Martyrs & Archangels

Balestri, in Bessarione 19 & 21 = Balestri, Giuseppe: “Il martirio di S. Teodoro l’Orientale e dei suoi due compagni Leonzio l’Arabo e Panigiris il Persiano” in Bessarione 19 (1906), 151–68 & Bessarione 21 (1907), 34–45. Bandy, On Powers = Bandy, Anastasius: Ioannes Lydus: On Powers, or The Magistrates of the Roman State, Memoirs of the American Philosophical Society 149, Philadelphia 1983. Barceló, Constantius II. = Barceló, Pedro: Constantius II. und seine Zeit. Die Anfänge des Staatskirchentums, Stuttgart 2004. Barnes, New Empire = Barnes, Timothy: The New Empire of Diocletian and Constantine, Cambridge, MA 1982. Baumeister, Martyr Invictus = Baumeister, Theofrid: Martyr Invictus. Der Märtyrer als Sinnbild der Erlösung in der Legende und im Kult der frühen koptischen Kirche. Zur Kontinuität des ägyptischen Denkens, Forschungen zur Volkskunde 46, Münster 1972. BCM = Budge, Wallis: Coptic Martyrdoms in the Dialect of Upper Egypt, Coptic Texts IV, London 1914. van den Berg-Onstwedder, in BSAC 29 = van den Berg-Onstwedder, Gonnie: “Diocletian in the Coptic tradition”, in Bulletin de la Société d’Archéologie Copte 29 (1990), 87–122. Bierbrier, Who Was Who = Bierbrier, Morris: Who Was Who in Egyptology, 4th Revised Edition, London 2012. Bilabel & Grohmann, Texte = Bilabel, Friedrich & Adolf Grohmann: “Studien zu Kyprian dem Magier”, in: Bilabel, Friedrich & Adolf Grohmann (eds.): Griechische, koptische und arabische Texte zur Religion und religiösen Literatur in Ägyptens Spätzeit, Veröffentlichungen aus den badischen Papyrus-Sammlungen 5, Heidelberg 1934, 32–230. Binns, Ascetics & Ambassadors of Christ = Binns, John: Ascetics and Ambassadors of Christ. The Monasteries of Palestine 314–631, Oxford 1994. BKM = von Lemm, Oskar: Bruchstücke koptischer Märtyrerakten I–V, Mémoires de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St.-Pétersbourg VIIIe série: Classe Historico-Philologique Vol. XII/1, St. Petersburg 1913. BKU III = Satzinger, Helmut: Ägyptische Urkunden aus den Staatlichen Museen Berlin. Koptische Urkunden III, Berlin 1968. Blockley, East Roman Foreign Policy = Blockley, R. C.: East Roman Foreign Policy. Formation and Conduct from Diocletian to Anastasius, ARCA. Classical & Medieval Texts, Papers & Monographs 30, Leeds 1992. BMCT = Budge, Wallis: Miscellaneous Coptic Texts in the Dialect of Upper Egypt, Coptic Texts V, London 1915. Böhlig, Lehnwörter = Böhlig, Alexander: Die griechischen Lehnwörter im sahidischen und bohairischen Neuen Testament, Studien zur Erforschung des christlichen Ägyptens 2, München 1954. Bolland & Henschen, in Acta Sanctorum IV = Bolland, Jean & Godfrey Henschen: Acta Sanctorum vol. IV, Februarii Tomus Primus, Paris 1863.

Combined bibliography

461

Böttrich, Das slavische Henochbuch = Böttrich, Christfried: “Das slavische Henochbuch”; in: Jüdische Schriften aus hellenistisch-römischer Zeit 5. Apokalypsen 7, herausgegeben von Hermann Lichtenberg. Gütersloh 1996, 781–1040. Brakke, Demons = Brakke, David: Demons and the Making of the Monks. Spiritual Combat in Early Christianity, Cambridge, MA 2006. Bremmer, Maidens, Magic & Martyrs = Bremmer, Jan: Maidens, Magic and Martyrs in Early Christianity. Collected Essays I, Wissenschaftliche Untersuchungen zum Neuen Testament 379, Tübingen 2017. van den Broek, Ps.Cyril = van den Broek, Roelof: Pseudo-Cyril of Jerusalem On the Life and the Passion of Christ. A Coptic Apocryphon, Supplements to Vigiliae Christianae 118, Leiden & Boston 2013. Brown, John ab = Brown, Raymond: The Gospel according to John, 2 vols., The Anchor Yale Bible 29, New York 1966–70. Budge, Apocrypha = Budge, Wallis: Coptic Apocrypha in the Dialect of Upper Egypt, Coptic Texts III, London 1913. Budge, Bibl. Texts = Budge, Wallis: Coptic Biblical Texts in the Dialect of Upper Egypt, Coptic Texts II, London 1912. Budge, By Nile and Tigris = Budge, Wallis: By Nile and Tigris. A Narrative of Journeys in Egypt and Mesopotamia on Behalf of the British Museum between the Years 1886 and 1913, 2 vols., London 1920. Budge, George = Budge, Wallis: The Martyrdom and Miracles of Saint George of Cappadocia, Oriental Text Series I, London 1888. Budge, Psalter = Budge, Wallis: pjwwme Nneyalmos — The Earliest Known Coptic Psalter. The Text, in the Dialect of Upper Egypt, Edited from the Unique Papyrus Codex Oriental 5000 in the British Museum, London 1899. Budge, St Michael = Budge, Wallis: Saint Michael the Archangel. Three Encomiums by Theodosius, Archbishop of Alexandria, Severus, Patriarch of Antioch and Eustathius, Bishop of Trake, London 1894. Campagnano, Omelie Copte = Campagnano, Antonella: Ps. Cirillo di Gierusalemme: Quattro Omelie Copte sulla Passione, sulla Croce e sullla Vergine, Testi e documenti per lo studio dell’antichità 65, Milano 1977. Campagnano & al., Quattro Omelie = Campagnano, Antonella, Antonella Maresca & Tito Orlandi: Quattro omelie copte: Vita di Giovanni Crisostomo, Encomi dei 24 vegliardi (Ps. Proclo e Anomimo), Encomio di Michele Arcangelo, di Eustazio di Tracia, Testi e documenti per lo studio dell’antichità 60, Milano 1977. Casey, in JTS 34 = Casey, Robert: “The Apocalypse of Paul”, in Journal of Theological Studies, Old Series 34 (1933), 1–32. CD = Crum, Walter: A Coptic Dictionary, Oxford 1939. CE = Atiya, Aziz (ed.): Coptic Encyclopedia, 8 vols., New York etc. 1991. Chassinat, in RecTrav 4 = Chassinat, Émile: “Fragment des Actes de l’Apa Nahrouu”, in Recueil de Travaux 4 (1921), 153–54.

462

Martyrs & Archangels

Ciasca, Fragmenta = Ciasca, Augustino: Sacrorum Bibliorum fragmenta copto-sahidica Musei Borgiani iussu et sumptibus S. Congregationias de Propaganda Fide I & II, Rome 1885 & 1889. Conti Rossini, in Orientalia 7 = Conti Rossini, Carlo: “La passione del martire Arsenofis e dei suoi compagni nella versione etiopica”, in Orientalia NS 7 (1938), 193–214, 319–32. Coquin, in BSAC 33 = Coquin, René-Georges: “Discours attribué au Patriarche Cyrille, sur la dédicae de l’église de S. Raphaël, rapportant les propos de son oncle Théophile”, in Bulletin de la Société d’Archéologie Copte 33 (1994) 25–56. Coquin, in CE 6 = Coquin, René-Georges: “Psoï”, in Atiya, Aziz (ed.): Coptic Encyclopedia 6, 2030–31. Cramer, Buchmalerei = Cramer, Maria: Koptische Buchmalerei. Illuminationen in Manuskripten des christlich-koptischen Ägypten vom 4. bis 19. Jahrhundert, Beiträge zur Kunst des christlichen Ostens 2, Recklinghausen 1964. Cramer & Krause, Antiphonar = Cramer, Maria (†) & Martin Krause (Hrsg.): Das koptische Antiphonar, Jerusalemer Theologisches Forum 12, Münster 2008. Lactantius ed. Creed = Creed, J.: Lactantius: De Mortibus Persecutorum, Oxford Early Christian Texts, Oxford 1984. Crum, Cat. BM = Crum, Walter: Catalogue of the Coptic Manuscripts in the British Museum, London 1905. Crum, in Epiphanius I = The Monastery of Epiphanius at Thebes Part I. The Archaeological Material by Herbert Winlock; The Literary Material by Walter Crum, The Metropolitan Museum of Art Egyptian Expedition, New York 1926. Crum, in JTS 10 = Crum, Walter: “Egyptian Martyrs. Reviews of Balestri & Hyvernat, Acta Martyrium I & Pereira, Acta Martyrium”, in Journal of Theological Studies 10 (1909), 459–65. Crum, Papyruscodex = Crum, Walter: Der Papyruscodex saec. VI–VII der Phillippsbibliothek in Cheltenham. Koptische theologische Schriften, Schriften der Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft in Straßburg 18, Straßburg 1915. Crum, in PSBA 25 = Crum, Walter: “Coptic texts relating to Dioscorus of Alexandria”, in Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archaeology 25 (1903), 267–76. Crum, in PSBA 30 = Crum, Walter: “Place-names in Deubner’s Kosmas und Damian”, in Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archaeology 30 (1908), 129–36. Crum, Theol. Texts = Crum, Walter: Theological Texts from Coptic Papyri, Anecdota Oxoniensia – Semitic Series 12, Oxford 1913. Dagron, Emperor & Priest = Dagron, Gilbert: Emperor and Priest. The Imperial Office in Byzantium, Past & Present Publications, Cambridge 2003. Delehaye, Passions = Delehaye, Hippolyte: Les passions des martyrs et les genres littéraires, Brussels 1921. Delehaye, in AB 40 = Delehaye, Hippolyte: “Les martyrs d’Égypte”, in Analecta Bollandiana 40 (1922), 5–154 & 299–364. Deloro, in CdE 47 = Deloro, Étienne: “Société d’Archéologie Copte”, in Chronique d’Égypte 47 (1949), 176–79.

Combined bibliography

463

Demandt, 2Die Spätantike = Demandt, Alexander: Die Spätantike. Römische Geschichte von Diocletian bis Justinian 284–656 n. Chr., 2., vollst. neubarb. & erw. Neuauflage, München 2007. Depuydt, Cat. = Depuydt, Leo: Catalogue of Coptic Manuscripts in the Pierpont Morgan Library, Corpus of Illuminated Manuscripts 4 & 5, Leuven 1993. Depuydt, Encomiastica = Depuydt, Leo: Encomiastica from the Pierpont Morgan Library, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium 543 & 544, Scriptores Coptici 47 & 48, Leuven 1993. Depuydt, Homiletica = Depuydt, Leo: Homiletica from the Pierpont Morgan Library, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium 524 & 524, Scriptores Coptici 43 & 44, Leuven 1991. de Vis, Homélies II = de Vis, Henri: Homélies coptes de la Vaticane II, Coptica 5, Hauniae 1929. Dickie, Magic & Magicians = Dickie, Matthew: Magic & Magicians in the GrecoRoman World, London & New York 2001. Dillmann, Cat. BM = Dillmann, August: Catalogus codicum manuscriptorum qui in Museo Britannico asservantur. Pars tertia, codices aethiopicos amplectus, London 1847. Dillmann, Verzeichnis = Dillmann, August: Verzeichnis der abessinischen Handschriften, Die Handschriften-Verzeichnisse der königlichen Bibliothek zu Berlin 3, Berlin 1878. Di Segni, in Bitton-Ashkelony & Kofsky (eds.), Christian Gaza = Di Segni, Leah: “The Territory of Gaza: Notes of Historical Geography”, in: Bitton-Ashkelony, Brouria & Aryeh Kofsky (eds.): Christian Gaza in Late Antiquity, Jerusalem Studies in Religion and Culture 3, Leiden & Boston, 2004, 41–59. Drescher, Mena = Drescher, James: Apa Mena. A Selection of Coptic Texts Relating to St. Menas, Société d’Archéologie Copte, Textes et Documents, Cairo 1946. Drescher, Three Coptic Legends = Drescher, James: Three Coptic Legends. Hilaria * Archillites * The Seven Sleepers, Suppléments aux Annales du Service des Antiquités de l’Égypte. Cahier 4, Cairo 1947. Dodgeon & Lieu, The Roman Eastern Frontier = Dodgeon, Michael & Samuel Lieu: The Roman Eastern Frontier & the Persian Wars i: A Documentary History (AD 226–363), London 1991. Donner, Map of Madaba = Donner, Herbert: The Mosaic Map of Madaba. An Introductory Guide, Palaestina Antiqua 7, Kampen 1992. Downey, A History of Antioch = Downey, Glanville: A History of Antioch in Syria from Seleucus to the Arab Conquest, Princeton 1961. Elanskaja, Manuscripts = Elanskaja, Alla: The Literary Coptic Manuscripts in the A. S. Pushkin State Museum in Moscow, Supplements to Vigiliae Christianae XVIII, Leiden, New York & Köln 1994. Ehrhard, in ByzZs 22 = Ehrhard, Albert: “Review of Hengstenberg, in OC 2”, in: Byzantinische Zeitschrift 22 (1913), 179–84. van Esbroeck in Hagiographie = van Esbroeck, Michel: “La diffusion orientale de la légende des saints Cosme et Damien”, in Hagiographie. Cultures et sociétés,

464

Martyrs & Archangels

IVe–XIIe siècles. Actes du colloque organise à Nanterre et à Paris (2–5 mai 1979), Études Augustiniennes, Paris 1981, 61–77. Förster, Wörterbuch = Förster, Hans: Wörterbuch der griechischen Wörter in den koptischen dokumentarischen Texten, Texte und Untersuchungen zur Geschichte der altchristlichen Literatur 148, Berlin & New York 2002. Forsyth, The Old Enemy = Forsyth, Neil: The Old Enemy. Satan and the Combat Myth, Princeton 1987. FS Papyrussammlung Rainer I = Loebensstein, Helene & Eve Reymond (eds.): Festschrift zum 100-jährigen Bestehen der Papyrussammlung der Österreichischen Nationalbibliothek: Papyrus Erzherzog Rainer (P. Rainer Cent.). 2 vols. Wien 1983. Galtier, in BIFAO 5 = Galtier, Émile: “Coptica-arabica”, in Bulletin de l’Institut Français d’Archéologie Orientale 5 (1906), 87–164. Garitte, in Le Muséon 78 = Garitte, Gérard: “Textes hagiographiques orientaux relatifs à Saint Léonce de Tripoli (I. La Passion copte sahidique)”, in Le Muséon 78 (1965), 313–48. Garitte, in Le Muséon 79 = Garitte, Gérard: “Textes hagiographiques orientaux relatifs à Saint Léonce de Tripoli (II. L’homélie copte de Sévère d’Antioch)”, in Le Muséon 79 (1966), 335–86. Garitte, in OPC 9 = Garitte, Gérard: “Panégyrique de Saint Antoine par Jean, l’évèque d’Hermopolis”, in Orientalia Periodica Christiana 9 (1943), 100–34, 330–65. Girgis, in BSAC = Girgis, W. A. (later Anba Gregorius): “Greek Loan Words in Coptic”, in Bulletin de la Société d’Archéologie Copte 17 (1963–64), 63–73; 18 (1965–66), 71–96; 19 (1967–68), 57–87; 20 (1969–70), 53–67; 21 (1971–63), 33–51; 23 (1976–78), 199–222; 30 (1991), 77–92. Glucker, City of Gaza = Glucker, Carol: The City of Gaza in the Roman and Byzantine Periods, BAR International Series 325, Oxford 1987. Godlewski, Deir el-Bahari V = Godlewski, Włodzimierz: Deir el-Bahari V. Le monastère de St Phoibammon. Warsaw 1986. Godlewski, in E&T 12 = Godlewski, Włodzimierz: “Monastére Nord ou Monastère St Phoibammon?”, in Etudes et Travaux 12 (1983), 93–98. Godron, in BSAC 25 = Godron, Gérard: “limhn « Portrait » « Image »”, in: Bulletin de la Société d’Archéologie Copte 25 (1983), 1–52. Godron, in BSAC 29 = Godron, Gérard: “A nouveau limhn (Compléments)”, in: Bulletin de la Société d’Archéologie Copte 29 (1990), 43–47. Godron, St Claude = Godron, Gérard: Textes coptes relatifs à saint Claude d’Antioch, Patrologia Orientalis 35, Turnhout 1979. Goehring, Politics = Goehring, James: Politics, Monasticism, & Miracles in Sixth Century Upper Egypt. A Critical Edition & Translation of the Coptic Texts on Abraham of Farshut, Studien & Texte zu Antike & Christentum 69, Tübingen 2012. Goussen, in Fs. Sachau = Goussen, Heinrich: “Einige Nachträge zur ‚Bibliotheca Hagiographica Orientalis’ der Bollandisten,” in: Weil, Gotthold (ed.): Fest-

Combined bibliography

465

schrift Eduard Sachau zum siebzigsten Geburtstage gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern, Berlin, 1915, 53–61. Graf, Catalogue = Graf, Georg: Catalogue de manuscrits arabes chrétiens conserves au Caire, Studi e Testi 63, The Vatican 1934. Graf, Geschichte = Graf, Georg: Geschichte der christlichen arabischen Literatur vol. 1. Die Übersetzungen, Studi e Testi 118, The Vatican 1944. Groterjahn, Le Muséon 51 = Groterjahn, Béla: “Saidische Bruchstücke der Vita des Apa Kyros”, in Le Muséon 51 (1938) 33–67. Guillaumont, L’Asceticon = Guillaumont, Antoine: L’Asceticon copte de l’Abbé Isaïe. Fragments sahidiques édités et traduits, Bibliothèque d’Études Coptes 5, Cairo 1956. 2Habermehl, Perpetua & der Ägypter = Habermehl, Peter: Perpetua & der Ägypter oder Bilder des Bösen im frühen afrikanischen Christentum. Ein Versuch zur Passio Sanctarum Perpetuae et Felicitatis, Texte & Untersuchungen zur Geschichte der altchristlichen Literatur 140, Berlin 2004, [11992]. Haldon, Tale of Two Saints = Haldon, John: A Tale of Two Saints. The Martyrdoms and Miracles of Saints Theodore ‘the Recruit’ and ‘the General’, Translated Texts for Byzantinists 2, Liverpool 2016. Haldon, Warfare, State & Society = Haldon, John: Warfare, State & Society in the Byzantine World, 565–1204, Warfare & History, London 1999. Harris, Restraining Rage = Harris, William: Restraining Rage. The Ideology of Anger Control in Classical Antiquity, Cambridge, MA 2001. Heather, The Restoration of Rome = Heather, Peter: The Restoration of Rome. Barbarian Popes and Imperial Pretenders, Oxford 2013. Heine, Commentaries = Heine, Ronald: The Commentaries of Origen and Jerome on St Paul’s Epistle to the Ephesians, Oxford Early Christian Studies, Oxford 2002. Hengstenberg, in OC 2 = Hengstenberg, Willy: “Der Drachenkampf des heiligen Theodor”, in Oriens Christianus NS 2 (1912), 78–106 & 241–280. Hengstenberg, in OC 3 = Hengstenberg, Willy: “Nachtrag zu dem Aufsatz ‘Der Drachenkampf des heiligen Theodor’”, in Oriens Christianus NS 3 (1913), 135– 37. Hirschfeld, in Bitton-Ashkelony & Kofsky (eds.), Christian Gaza = Hirschfeld, Yizhar: “The Monasteries of Gaza: An Archaeological Review”, in: BittonAshkelony, Brouria & Aryeh Kofsky (eds.): Christian Gaza in Late Antiquity, Jerusalem Studies in Religion and Culture 3, Leiden & Boston, 2004, 61–88. Hopfner, Offenbarungszauber = Hopfner, Theodor: Griechisch-ägyptischer Offenbarungszauber II.2: Seine Methoden, Studien zur Paläographie & Papyruskunde XXIII.2, Frankfurt a. M. 1924 [reprint Amsterdam 1990]. Horn, Studien = Horn, Jürgen: Studien zu den Märtyrern des nördlichen Oberägypten II. Märtyrer und Heilige des XI. bis XIV. oberägyptischen Gaues. Ein Beitrag zur Topographia Christiana Ägyptens, Göttinger Orientforschungen IV/15, Wiesbaden 1992.

466

Martyrs & Archangels

Horn, Untersuchungen = Horn, Jürgen: Untersuchungen zu Frömmigkeit und Literatur des christlichen Ägypten: Das Martyrium des Viktor, Sohnes des Romanos (Einleitung in das koptische Literaturwerk/Kommentar zum «Ersten Martyrium»), PhD dissertation Göttingen 1988. Horner, NT Sahidic VII = Horner, George: The Coptic Version of the New Testament in the Southern Dialect, otherwise called Sahidic & Thebaic, with Critical Apparatus, Literal English Translation, Register & Notes VII: The Catholic Epistles & The Apocalypse, Oxford 1924. Hyvernat, Codices = Hyvernat, Henri: Codices coptici photographice expressi. Tomus XLI: Codex M 583 Passiones SS. Psotae Theodori Leontii et Panegyrii Philothei Sinuphii ac Apaiulae et Ptelemaei Serm. III in Laudem B. M. Virg. S. Gabrielis Arch. Ac S. Ioh. Baptistae Vita S. Hilariae. Tomus XLVI: Codex M 582 Passio S. Phoebammonis Miracula a Deo per eumdem patrata, Rome 1922. Hyvernat, in JBL 31 = Hyvernat, Henri: “The J.P. Morgan collection of Coptic manuscripts”, in Journal of Biblical Literature 31 (1912), 54–57. Jansma, Ornements = Jansma, Nanke: Ornements des manuscrits coptes du Monastère Blanc, PhD dissertation, Groningen 1973. Jarry, in BIFAO 62 = Jarry, Jacques: “Histoire d’une sédition à Siout à la fin du IVe siècle”, in Bulletin de l’Institut Français d’Archéologie Orientale 62 (1964), 129– 45. Joh. Nikiu, Chron. ed. Charles = Charles, Robert: The Chronicle of John, Bishop of Nikiu, translated from Zotenberg’s Ethiopic text, London 1916. Johnson, Panegyric = Johnson, David: A Panegyric on Macarius Bishop of Tkow Attributed to Dioscorus of Alexandria, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium 415 & 416, Scriptores Coptici 41 & 42, Louvain 1980. Jones, Later Roman Empire I = Jones, Arnold: The Later Roman Empire 284 –602. A Social, Economic, and Administrative Survey I, Baltimore 1986. Jones et al., Prosopography = Jones, Arnold, John Martindale & John Morris: The Prosopography of the Later Roman Empire, Cambridge 1971–92. Kaegi jr, Army, Society & Religion = Kaegi jr, Walter, Army, Society & Religion in Byzantium, Collected Studies Series 162, London, 1982. Kahle, Bala’izah = Kahle, Paul: Bala’izah. Coptic Texts from Deir el-Bala’izah in Upper Egypt, 2 vols., Oxford 1954. Kazhdan, Byz. Dict. = Kazhdan, Alexander (ed.): The Oxford Dictionary of Byzantium, Oxford 1991. Kees, in PLE XIX.1 = Kees, Hermann: “Pentapolis 3)”, in Paulys Realencyclopädie der klassischen Altertumswissenschaft, neue Bearbeitung begonnen von Georg Wissowa XIX.1: Pech bis Petronius, Stuttgart 1937, XIX.1, 509–10. Kelly, Satan = Kelly, Henry: Satan. A Biography, Cambridge 2006. Kessler, Topographie = Kessler, Dieter: Historische Topographie der Region zwischen Mallawi und Samalut, Beihefte zum Tübinger Atlas des Vorderen Orients II/30, Wiesbaden 1982.

Combined bibliography

467

Khater & Burmester, Catalogue = Khater, Antoine & Oswald KHS-Burmester: Catalogue of the Coptic and Christian Arabic Mss. Preserved in the Cloister of Saint Menas at Cairo, Bibliothèque de Manuscrits I, Cairo 1967. KHML = Till, Walter: Koptische Heiligen- und Martyrerlegenden, 2 vols., Orientalia Christiana Analecta 102 & 108, Rome 1935 & 1936. KKS = von Lemm, Oskar: Kleine koptische Studien I–LVIII. Unveränderter, um ein Vorwort von Peter Nagel, Halle/Saale vermehrter Nachdruck der 1899–1910 in den Petersburger Akademie-Schriften erschienenen Stücke, Subsidia Byzantina X, Leipzig 1972. KM = von Lemm, Oskar: Koptische Miscellen I–CXLVIII. Unveränderter Nachdruck der 1907–1915 im „Bulletin de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St.-Pétersbourg“ erschienenen Stücke, hrsg. von Peter Nagel unter Mitarbeit von Kurt Kümmel, Subsidia Byzantina XI, Leipzig 1972. Koch, Drachenkampf & Sonnenfrau = Koch, Michael: Drachenkampf und Sonnenfrau. Zur Funktion des Mythischen in der Johannesapokalypse am Beispiel von Apk 12, Wissenschaftliche Untersuchungen zum Neuen Testament, 2. Reihe 184, Tübingen 2004. Kołataj, Imperial Baths = Kołataj, Wojciech: Alexandria VI: Imperial Baths at Kom el-Dikka. Warsaw 1992. Kouremenos, in 10th CoptCongr. = Kouremenos, Nikolaos: “The Account of Seventy Idols in Coptic Hagiographical Tradition”, in Buzi, Paola, Alberto Camplani & Federico Contardi (eds): Coptic Society, Literature and Religion from Late Antiquity to Modern Times. Proceedings of the Tenth International Conference of Coptic Studies, Rome, September 17th– 22th, 2012 and Plenary Reports of the Ninth International Congress of Coptic Studies, Cairo, September 15th–19th, 2008, vol. II, Orientalia Lovaniensia Analecta 247, Leuven, Paris & Bristol, CT 2016, 1095–115. Krause, in BSAC 27 = Krause, Martin: “Die Beziehungen zwischen den beiden Phoibammon-Klöstern auf dem thebanischen Westufer”, in Bulletin de la Société d’Archéologie Copte 27 (1985), 31–44. Krause, in 3rd CoptCongr. = Krause, Martin: “Die ägyptischen Klöster. Bemerkungen zu den Phoibammon-Klöstern in Theben-West und den ApollonKlöstern”, in: Godlewski, Włodzimierz. (ed.), Coptic Studies. Acts of the Third International Congress of Coptic Studies, Warsaw, 20–25 August, 1984, Warsaw 1990, 203–07. Krause, in MDAIK 25 = Krause, Martin: “Die Testamente der Äbte des Phoibammon-Klösters in Theben”, in Mitteilungen des Deutschen Archäologischen Instituts Kairo 25 (1969), 57–67. Krause, in MDAIK 37 = Krause, Martin: “Zwei Phoibammon-Klöster in Theben-West”, in Mitteilungen des Deutschen Archäologischen Instituts Kairo 37 (1981), 261–66. Kropp, Zaubertexte = Kropp, Angelicus: Ausgewählte koptische Zaubertexte II: Übersetzungen & Anmerkungen, Bruxelles 1931.

468 2KRU

Martyrs & Archangels

= Crum, Walter & Georg Steindorff: Koptische Rechtsurkunden des achten Jahrhunderts aus Djême (Theben), Subsidia Byzantina 18, Second ed. Leipzig, 1912, reprint 1971. Kuhn, in Le Muséon 83 = Kuhn, Karl Heinz: “A Coptic Jeremiah Apocryphon”, in Le Muséon 83 (1970), 95–135 & 291–350. Kuhn, Panegyric = Kuhn, Karl Heinz: A Panegyric on John the Baptist Attributed to Theodosius Archbishop of Alexandria, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium 268 & 269, Scriptores Coptici 33 & 34, Louvain 1966. Kuhn, Pan. Apollo = Kuhn, Karl Heinz: A Panegyric on Apollo Archimandrite of the Monastery of Isaac by Stephen Bishop of Heracleopolis Magna, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium 394 & 395, Scriptores Coptici 39 & 40, Louvain 1978. Kuhn & Tait, Hymns = Kuhn, Karl Heinz & John Tait: Thirteen Coptic Acrostic Hymns from Manuscript M574 of the Pierpont Morgan Library, Oxford 1996. Kuhoff, Diokletian = Kuhoff, Wolfgang: Diokletian & die Epoche der Tetrarchie. Das römische Reich zwischen Krisenbewältigung & Neuaufbau (284–313 n. Chr.), Frankfurt a. M. & al. 2001. Lacau, in ASAE 34 = Lacau, Pierre: “Inscriptions latines du Temple de Louxor”, in Annales du Service des Antiquités de l’Égypte 34 (1934), 17–46. Lafontaine, in Le Muséon 92 = Lafontaine, Guy: “Une homélie copte sur le diable et sur Michel, attribuée à Grégoire le théologien”, in Le Muséon 92 (1979), 37–60. de Lagarde, Aegyptiaca = de Lagarde, Paul: Aegyptiaca, Göttingen 1883. de Lagarde, Pentateuch = de Lagarde, Paul: Der Pentateuch koptisch, Göttingen 1867. Lampe = Lampe, Geoffrey: A Patristic Greek Lexicon, Oxford 1961. Lanne, Grand Euchologe = Lanne, Emmanuel: La Grand Euchologe du Monastère Blanc, Patrologia Orientalis 28/2, Paris 1958. van Lantschoot, Recueil = van Lantschoot, Arnold: Recueil des colophons des manuscrits chrétiens d’Egypte I, Bibliohèque du Muséon 1, Louvain 1929. Layton, Cat. BL = Layton, Bentley: Catalogue of Coptic Literary Manuscripts in the British Library Acquired Since the Year 1906, London 1987. 3Layton, Grammar = Layton, Bentley: A Coptic Grammar, with Chrestomathy and Glossary. Sahidic Dialect, 3rd edition, revised, Porta Linguarum Orientalium 20, Wiesbaden 2011. Le Blant, Persecuteurs & martyrs = Le Blant, Edmond: Les persécuteurs et les martyrs aux premiers siècles de notre ère, Paris 1893. Lee, War in Late Antiquity = Lee, A. D., War in Late Antiquity. A Social History, Ancient World at War, Oxford 2007. Lefort, in Le Muséon 53 = Lefort, Louis: “Coptica Lovaniensia”, in Le Muséon 53 (1940), 1–66.

Combined bibliography

469

Lefort, Œuvres = Lefort, Louis: Œuvres de S. Pachôme et de ses disciples, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium 159 & 160, Scriptores Coptici 23 & 24, Louvain 1956. Lefort, S. Pachomii Vitae Sah. = Lefort, Louis: S. Pachomii vitae. Sahidicae scriptae, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium 99 & 100, Scriptores Coptici 9 & 10, Louvain 1933–34. Leipoldt, Sinuthii IV = Leipoldt, Johannes: Sinuthii Archimandritae vita et opera omnia IV, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium 73, Scriptores Coptici 5, Paris 1913. von Lemm, Triadon = von Lemm, Oskar: Das Triadon. Ein sahidisches Gedicht mit arabischen Übersetzung, St Petersburg 1903. Liebeschuetz, Antioch = Liebeschuetz, John: Antioch, City & Imperial Administration in the Later Roman Empire, Oxford 1972. Lotz, Magiekonflikt = Lotz, Almuth: Der Magiekonflikt in der Spätantike, Habelts Dissertationsdrucke Reihe Alte Geschichte Heft 48, Bonn 2005. LSJ = Liddell, Henry & Robert Scott: Greek-English Lexicon, 9th Edition Revised and Augmented by Sir Henry Jones. Oxford 1996. Lucchesi, in AB 97 = Lucchesi, Enzo: “Un sermon copte de Sévérien de Gabala sur la nativité du Christ (attribute aussi a Proclus de Constantinople)”, in Analecta Bollandiana 97 (1979) 111–127. Maio, Scriptorum Veterum = Maio, Angelo: Scriptorum veterum nova collectio e Vaticanis codicibus IV, Rome 1831. Maspero, Fragments = Maspero, Gaston: Fragments de manuscrits coptes-thébains provenant de la Bibliothèque du Deir Amba-Shenoudah. Fragments de l’Ancien Testament, Mémoires Publiés par les Membres de la Mission Archéologique Française au Caire VI/1, Cairo 1892. Maspero, Org. milit. = Maspero, Jean: Organisation militaire de l’Égypte byzantine, Paris 1912. Mayer & Allen, Churches = Mayer, Wendy & Pauline Allen: The Churches of Syrian Antioch (300–638 ce), Late Antique History and Religion 5, Leuven, Paris & Walpole, MA 2012. Meinardus, in CE 2 = Meinardus, Otto. “The twenty-four elders”, in Atiya, Aziz (ed.): Coptic Encyclopedia 2, 541–42. Michl, in RAC V = Michl, Johann: “Engel V. (Engelnamen)”, in Klauser, Theodor (ed.): Reallexikon für Antike & Christentum. Sachwörterbuch zur Auseinandersetzung des Christentums mit der antiken Welt V, Stuttgart 1962, 199–239. Miller, Dreams = Miller, Patricia Cox: Dreams in Late Antiquity. Studies in the Imagination of a Culture, Princeton 1994. Mina, Epima = Mina, Togo: Le martyre d’Apa Epima, Cairo 1937. Moss, Myth of Persecution = Moss, Candida: The Myth of Persecution. How Early Christians Invented a Story of Martyrdom, New York 2013.

470

Martyrs & Archangels

Müller, Einsetzung = Müller, Caspar: Die Bücher der Einsetzung der Erzengel Michael und Gabriel, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium 225 & 226, Scriptores Coptici 31 & 32, Louvain 1962. Müller, Engellehre = Müller, Caspar: Die Engellehre der koptischen Kirche. Untersuchungen zur Geschichte der christlichen Frömmigkeit in Ägypten, Wiesbaden 1959. Müller, in Fs. Loprieno = Müller, Matthias: “Empirie vs. Kategorienbildung. Fuzzy boundaries und fuzzy categories in der ägyptisch-koptischen Syntax”, in: Amstutz, Hans, Andreas Dorn, Matthias Müller, Miriam Ronsdorf & Sami Uljas (eds): Fuzzy Boundaries – Festschrift für Antonio Loprieno I, Hamburg 2015, 89–118. Müller, in LingAeg 17 = Müller, Matthias: “Contrast in Coptic I: concessive constructions in Sahidic”, in Lingua Aegyptia 17 (2009), 139–82. Müller, in LingAeg 19 = Müller, Matthias: “Die ultimative Grammatik des Koptischen? Generelles und Marginales zur 3. Auflage von Laytons A Coptic Grammar”, in Lingua Aegyptia 19 (2011), 251–85. Müller, in LingAeg 19 = Müller, Matthias: Review of H-J. Cristea, Schenute von Atripe: Contra Origenistas, in Lingua Aegyptia 19 (2011), 337–45. Müller, in LingAeg 20 = Müller, Matthias: “Greek connections in Coptic. A contrastive overview II: Semantically subordinating connectors”, in Lingua Aegyptia 20 (2013), 111–64. Müller, in Or 84 = Müller, Matthias: “Review of van den Broek, Ps. Cyril”, in Orientalia NS 84 (2015), 135–40. Müller, in Oreal & Winand, Negation in Ancient Egyptian = Müller, Matthias: “Negation in Bohairic and the antics of =an”, to appear in: Oreal, Elsa & Jean Winand (eds.), Negation in Ancient Egyptian. Müller, in Verbovsek, Backes & Jones, Methodik & Didaktik = Müller, Matthias: “Ägyptische Phonologie? Möglichkeiten & Grenzen linguistischer Modelle bei der Beschreibung des Lautsystems einer extinkten Sprache”, in: Verbovsek, Alexandra, Burkhard Backes & Catherine Jones (eds.), Methodik & Didaktik in der Ägyptologie. Herausforderungen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Paradigmenwechsels in den Altertumswissenschaften, Ägyptologie & Kulturwissenschaften IV, München 2011, 509–531. Moawad, Untersuchungen = Moawad, Samuel: Untersuchungen zum Panegyrikos auf Makarios von Tkōou und zu seiner Überlieferung, Sprachen und Kulturen des christlichen Orients 18, Wiesbaden 2010. Munier, in ASAE 17 = Munier, Henri: “Fragments des Actes du martyre de l’Apa Chnoubé”, in Annales du Service des Antiquités de l’Égypte 17 (1917), 145– 59. Munier, in ASAE 19 = Munier, Henri: “Mélanges de la littérature copte I”, in Annales du Service des Antiquités de l’Égypte 19 (1920), 225–41. Munier, in ASAE 23 = Munier, Henri: “Mélanges de la littérature copte III”, in Annales du Service des Antiquités de l’Égypte 23 (1923), 210–28.

Combined bibliography

471

Munier, in BIFAO 14 = Munier, Henri: “Les Actes du martyre de Saint Isidore”, in Bulletin de l’Institut Français d’Archéologie Orientale 14 (1918), 97–190. Munier, in BIFAO 15 = Munier, Henri: “Un nouveau martyr copte Saint Nabraha”, in Bulletin de l’Institut Français d’Archéologie Orientale 15 (1918), 227–59. Munier, Catalogue = Munier, Henri: Nos 9201–9304 Manuscrits coptes, Catalogue Général des Antiquités égyptiennes du Musée du Caire, Cairo 1916. Munier & Pillet, in REA 2 = Munier, Henri & Maurice Pillet: “Les édifices chrétiens de Karnak”, in Revue de l’Égypte Ancienne 2 (19299, 58–88. O.Crum = Crum, Walter: Coptic Ostraca from the Collections of the Egypt Exploration Fund, the Cairo Museum and Others, London 1902. O’Leary, Difnar II = O’Leary, De Lacy: The Difnar (Antiphonarium) of the Coptic Church Part II (Second Four Months, Tubeh, Amshir, Barmahat and Barmuda), London 1928. O’Leary, Saints = O’Leary, De Lacy: The Saints of Egypt, London 1937. Orlandi, in CE 1 = Orlandi, Tito: “Archelaus of Neapolis”, in Atiya, Aziz (ed.): Coptic Encyclopedia 1, 192. Orlandi, Const. Athan. = Orlandi, Tito: Constantini episcopi urbis Siout encomia in Athanasium duo, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium 349 & 350, Scriptores Coptici 37 & 38, Louvain 1974. Orlandi, Psote = Orlandi, Tito: Il dossier copto del martire Psote, Testi e documenti per lo studio dell’antichità 61, Milan 1978. Orlandi, S. Mercurio = Orlandi, Tito: Passione e miracoli di S. Mercurio, Testi e documenti per lo studio dell’antichità 54, Milan 1976. Orlandi, Vite dei Monaci = Orlandi, Tito: Vite dei monaci Phif e Longino, Testi e documenti per lo studio dell’antichità 51, Milan 1975. Oxford Classical Dictionary, ed. by Simon Hornblower & Anthony Spawforth. 4th edition, Oxford 2012. Papaconstantinou, Culte des saints = Papaconstantinou, Arletta: Le culte des saints en Égypte des Byzantins aux Abbasides. L’apport des inscriptions et des papyrus grecs et coptes, Le Monde Byzantin, Paris 2001. Pearson, Eudoxia = Pearson, Birger: Eudoxia and the Holy Sepulchre. A Constantine Legend in Coptic, Testi e documenti per lo studio dell’antichità 67, Milan 1980. Peeters, in AB 27 = Peeters, Paul: “Bulletin des publications hagiographiques: Pereira, Acta Martyrum”, in Analecta Bollandiana 27 (1908), 69–73. Pereira, Acta Martyrum = Estevez Pereira, Francesco: Acta Martyrum, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium, Scriptores Aethiopici. Series Altera 28, Rome, Paris & Leipzig 1907. Perrin, Lives = Perrin, Bernadotte: Plutarch’s Lives IV: Alcibiades and Coriolanus; Lysander and Sulla, Loeb Classical Library, London/Cambridge, MA 1916. Peust, in LingAeg 13 = Peust, Carsten: “Weiteres zur Personenverschiebung in der ägyptischen indirekten Rede”, in Lingua Aegyptia 13 (2005), 77–102. Peust, in LingAeg 22 = Peust, Carsten: “Doch keine Einaktantenanpassung in der neuägyptischen indirekten Rede”, in Lingua Aegyptia 22 (2014), 311–15.

472

Martyrs & Archangels

Pietersma & Comstock, in BASP 24 = Pietersma, Albert & Susan Comstock: “Coptic martyrdoms in the Chester Beatty Library”, in Bulletin of the American Society of Papyrologists 24 (1987), 143–63. PO 1 = Guidi, Ignazio: Le Synaxaire éthiopien. Les moins de Sanê, Hamlê et Nahasê I: Mois de Sanê, in Patrologia Orientalis 1 (1905), 519–705. PO 10 = Tisserant, Eugène: Martyrologes et ménologes orientaux: Le calendrier d’Abou’l-Barakât, in Patrologia Orientalis 10 (1915), 243–86 PO 17 = Basset, René: Le Synaxaire arabe jacobite (rédaction copte). Les moins de Baounah, Abib, Mesore et jours complémentaires, in Patrologia Orientalis 17 (1923), 525–782. Polotsky, CP = Polotsky, Hans-Jakob: Collected Papers, Jerusalem 1971. Polotsky, Études = Polotsky, Hans-Jakob: Études de syntaxe copte, Cairo 1944. Polotsky, in OLZ 33 = Polotsky, Hans-Jakob: “Review of de Vis, Henri: Homélies II”, in Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 33 (1930), 871–81. PRE = Paulys Realencyclopädie der klassischen Altertumswissenschaften, 39 vols. Stuttgart, 1893–1980. P.Ryl.Copt. = Crum, Walter: Catalogue of the Coptic Manuscripts in the Collection of the John Rylands Library, Manchester, Manchester & London 1909. Quasten, in Byzantion 15 = Quasten, Johannes: “A Coptic Counterpart to a Vision in the Acts of Perpetua and Felicitas”, in: Byzantion 15 (1940–41), 1–9. Quecke, Lukasevangelium = Quecke, Hans: Das Lukasevangelium Saïdisch. Text der Handschrift PPaulau Rib. Inv.-Nr. 181 mit den Varianten der Handschrift M 569, Papyrologica Castroctaviana, Studia et textus 6, Barcelona 1977. Quecke, Stundengebet = Quecke, Hans: Untersuchungen zum koptischen Stundengebet, Publications de l’Institut Orientaliste du Louvain 3, Louvain 1970. Quibell, Apa Jeremias = Quibell, James: Excavations at Saqqara (1908–9, 1909–10). The Monastery of Apa Jeremias, Cairo 1912. Reymond & Barns, Martyrdoms = Reymond, Eve & John Barns: Four Martyrdoms from the Pierpont Morgan Codices, Oxford 1973. Rix, Hist. Gramm. = Rix, Helmut: Historische Grammatik des Griechischen. Laut- & Formenlehre, 2., korr. Auflage, Darmstadt 1992. Rogozhina, in VDI 77 = Rogozhina, Anna: “Antioch as ‘The Holy City’ in Coptic Hagiography,” in Vestnik Drevney Istorii 77/2 (2017), 356–76. Rosenstiehl, in Deuxième Journée = Rosenstiehl, Jean-Marc: “Tartarouchos-Temelouchos: contribution à l’étude de l’Apocalypse apocryphe de Paul”, in Deuxième Journée d’etudes coptes, Cahiers de la Bibliothèque Copte 3, Louvain & Paris 1986, 29–56. Rossi, Martirii = Rossi, Francesco: “I Martirii di Gioore, Heraei, Epimaco e Ptolomeo con altri frammenti”, in Memorie della Reale Academia delle Scienze di Torino Serie II, 38 (1887), 233–308. Russell, Satan = Russell, Jeffrey: Satan. The Early Christian Tradition, Ithaca & London 1981.

Combined bibliography

473

Saliou, in AnTard 17 = Saliou, Catherine: “Le palais impérial d’Antioche et son contexte à l’époque de Julien. Réflexions sur l’apport des sources littéraires à l’histoire d’un espace urbain”, in Antiquité Tardive 17 (2009), 235–50. Sartre, Middle East Under Roman Rule = Sartre, Maurice: The Middle East Under Roman Rule, translated by Catherine Porter & Elizabeth Rawlings, Cambridge, MA/London 2007. Sauget, in Bibliotheca Sanctorum 5 = Sauget, Joseph-Maria: “Febammone”, Bibliotheca Sanctorum vol. 5, Rome 1964, 505–06. Schenke, Kolluthos = Schenke, Gesa: Das koptisch hagiographische Dossier des heiligen Kolluthos. Arzt, Märtyrer & Wunderheiler, eingeleitet, neu ediert, übersetzt und kommentiert, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium 650, Sudsidia 132, Louvain 2013. Schenke, in ZAC 20 = Schenke, Gesa: “The healing shrines of St Phoibammon: Evidence of cult activity in Coptic legal documents”, in Zeitschrift für Antikes Christentum 20 (2016), 496–523. Schüssler, Kath. Briefe = Schüssler, Karlheinz: Die katholischen Briefe in der koptischen (sahidischen) Version, Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium 528, Scriptores coptici 45, Louvain 1991. Schwarz, in BSAC 15 = Schwarz, Jacques: “Dioclétien dans la littérature copte” in Bulletin de la Société d’Archéologie Copte 15 (1958–60), 151–66. Seidel, in Ciraolo & Seidel, Magic & Divination = Seidel, Jonathan: “Necromantic praxis in the Midrash on the Séance at En Dor”, in: Ciraolo, Leda & Jonathan Seidel (eds.), Magic & Divination in the Ancient World, Ancient Magic & Divination II, Leiden, Boston & Köln 2002, 97–106. Sheridan, Rufus of Shotep = Sheridan, J. Mark: Rufus of Shotep, Homilies on the Gospels of Matthew and Luke. Introduction, Text, Translation, Commentary, Rome 1998. Shisha-Halevy, in Or 44 = Shisha-Halevy, Ariel: “Two new Shenoute-texts from the British Library”, in Orientalia NS 44 (1975), 149–85 & 469–84. Shore, Joshua I–VI = Shore, Arthur: Joshua I–VI and Other Passages in Coptic Edited from a Fourth-Century Sahidic Codex in the Chester Beatty Library, Dublin, Chester Beatty Monographs 9, Dublin 1963. Sobhy, Hélias = Sobhy, Georgy: Le martyre de Saint Hélias et l’encomium de l’Évèque Stéphanos de Hnès sur Saint Hélias, Cairo 1949. Sophocles, Lexicon = Sophocles, Evangelinus: Greek Lexicon of the Roman and Byzantine Periods (from B.C. 146 to A.D. 1100), New York 1900. Spanel, in CE 6 = Spanel, Donald: “Phoibammon of Preht, martyr”, in Atiya, Aziz (ed.): Coptic Encyclopedia 6, 1963–65. SPP XV = Wessely, Carl: Griechische und koptische Texte theologischen Inhalts IV, Studien zur Paläographie und Papyruskunde 15, Vienna 1914. Steindorff, Lehrbuch = Steindorff, Georg: Lehrbuch der koptischen Grammatik, Chicago 1951.

474

Martyrs & Archangels

Steindorff, in ZÄS 21 = Steindorff, Georg: “Gesios und Isidoros. Drei sahidische Fragmente über ‘die Auffindung der Gebeine Johannes des Täufers’” in Zeitschrift für Ägyptische Sprache & Alterthumskunde 21 (1883), 137–58. Stewart, in CE 5 = Stewart, Randall: “Memphis”, in Atiya, Aziz (ed.): Coptic Encyclopedia 5, 1586–87. Suciu, Apocryphon = Suciu, Alin: The Berlin-Strasbourg Apocryphon. A Coptic Apostolic Memoir, Wissenschaftliche Untersuchungen zum Neuen Testament 370, Tübingen 2017. Tattam, Prophetae maiores = Tattam, Henry: Prophetae maiores in dialecto linguae aegyptiacae memphitica seu coptica, Oxford 1852. Thompson, Acts & Epistles = Thompson, Sir Herbert: The Coptic Version of The Acts of the Apostles & The Pauline Epistles in the Sahidic Dialect, Cambridge 1932. Thompson, Coptic Version = Thompson, Sir Herbert: The Coptic (Sahidic) Version of Certain Books of the Old Testament from a Papyrus in the British Museum, Oxford 1908. Thompson, Palimpsest = Thompson, Sir Herbert: A Coptic Palimpsest Containing Joshua, Judges, Ruth, Judith, and Esther in the Sahidic Dialect, Coptic Text, Edited from a Seventh Century Manuscript in the British Museum with a Short Critical Introduction and Textual Notes, London 1911. Till, Chrestomathie = Till, Walter: Koptische Chrestomathie für den fayumischen Dialekt mit grammatischer Skizze und Anmerkungen, Schriften der Arbeitsgemeinschaft der Ägyptologen & Afrikanisten in Wien 1, Vienna 1930. Till, 2DG = Till, Walter: Koptische Dialektgrammatik mit Lesestücken und Wörterbuch. 2., neugestaltete Auflage. München 1961. Till, Grammatik = Till, Walter: Koptische Grammatik (saïdischer Dialekt), 4th ed., Lehrbücher für das Studium der orientalischen Sprachen 1, Leipzig 1970. Tilley, in Valantasis, Religions of Late Antiquity = Tilley, Maureen: “The Passion of Saints Perpetua and Felicity” in: Valantasis, Richard (ed.), Religions of Late Antiquity in Practice, Princeton Readings in Religion, Princeton 2000, 387–97. Timm, Ägypten = Timm, Stefan: Das christlich-koptische Ägypten in arabischer Zeit, Beihefte zum Tübinger Atlas des Vorderen Orients B, 41, Wiesbaden 1985. Treadgold, Byzantium & Its Army = Treadgold, Warren: Byzantium & Its Army, 284–1081, Stanford 1995. Troianos, in: Prinzing & Simon, Fest & Alltag = Troianos, Spyros: “Zauberei und Giftmischerei in mittelbyzantinischer Zeit”, in: Prinzing, Günter & Dieter Simon (eds.): Fest & Alltag in Byzanz, München 1990, 37–51. Tuki, qeotokia = Tuki, Raphael: pi jwm nte ni qeotokia nem kata taxis nte pi abot coiak, Rome 1764. Uljas, in GM 243 = Uljas, Sami: “St Orsunuphios and friends: resurrecting a lost Coptic martyrdom”, in Göttinger Miszellen 243 (2014), 49–54. Uljas, in Le Muséon 130 = Uljas, Sami: “The Paris leaves of the Martyrdom of SS Timothy and Martyria”, in Le Muséon 130 (2017), 255–77.

Combined bibliography

475

Uljas, in ZPE 178 = Uljas, Sami: “A leaf of the Coptic Martyrdom of Ptolemy in Cambridge”, in Zeitschrift für Papyrologie und Epigraphik 178 (2010), 179–84. Uljas, in 10th CoptCongr. = Uljas, Sami: “A preliminary report on the edition project ‘Martyrs and Archangels. Five Coptic Texts from the Pierpont Morgan Library’”, in Buzi, Paola, Alberto Camplani & Federico Contardi (eds): Coptic Society, Literature and Religion from Late Antiquity to Modern Times. Proceedings of the Tenth International Conference of Coptic Studies, Rome, September 17th– 22th, 2012 and Plenary Reports of the Ninth International Congress of Coptic Studies, Cairo, September 15th–19th, 2008, vol. II, Orientalia Lovaniensia Analecta 247, Leuven/Paris/ Bristol, CT 2016, 1147–52. Vailhé, in ROC 5 = Vailhé, Siméon: “Répertoire alphabétique des monastères de Palestine (suite)”, in Revue de l’Orient Chrétien 5 (1900), 19–48. Vandersleyen, Chronologie = Vandersleyen, Claude: Chronologie des préfets d’Égypte de 284 à 395, Collection Latomus 55, Brussels 1962. Veilleux, Pachomian Koinonia = Veilleux, Armand: Pachomian Koinonia I. The Life of Saint Pachomius and his Disciples, Cistercian Studies 45, Kalamazoo, MI 1980. Vergote, in ZNTW 37 = Vergote, Jozef: “Eculeus-, Rad- und Pressefolter in den ägyptischen Märtyrerakten”, in Zeitschrift für die Neutestamentliche Wissenschaft und die Kunde der älteren Kirche 37 (1938), 239–50. Verrone, Mighty Deeds = Verrone, Kerry: Mighty Deeds and Miracles by Saint Phoebammon. Edition and Translation of Coptic Manuscript M582 ff. 21r–30r in the Pierpont Morgan Library, Brown University. Senior Honors Thesis Series, Providence 2002. van der Vliet, in Gabra & Takla, Christianity & Monasticism in UE II = van der Vliet, Jacques: “Epigraphy and History in the Theban Region”, in Gabra, Gawdat & Hany Takla (eds.): Christianity and Monasticism in Upper Egypt II: Nag Hammadi–Esna, Cairo & New York 2010, 147–55. Vollers, Cat. Leipzig = Vollers, Karl: Katalog der islamischen, christlich-orientalischen, jüdischen und samaritanischen Handschriften der Universität-Bibliothek zu Leipzig, Catalogus Codicum Manuscriptorum Bibliothecae Universitatis Lipsiensis II, Leipzig 1906. Walter, Warrior Saints = Walter, Christopher: The Warrior Saints in Byzantine Art and Tradition, Aldershot 2003. Westerhoff, Auferstehung = Westerhoff, Matthias: Auferstehung und Jenseits im koptischen ‘Buch der Auferstehung Jesu Christi, unseres Herrn’, Orientalia Biblica et Christiana 11, Wiesbaden 1999. White, Monasteries I = White, Evelyn: The Monasteries of the Wadi ‘n Natrûn Part I. New Coptic Texts from the Monastery of Saint Macarius, Publications of the Metropolitan Museum of Art 2, New York 1926. Wiesehöfer, in Johne, Zeit der Soldatenkaiser = Wiesehöfer, Josef: “Das Reich der Sāsāniden”, in Johne, Klaus-Peter (ed.): Die Zeit der Soldatenkaiser. Krise & Transformation des Römischen Reiches im 3. Jahrhundert n. Chr. (235–284) I, unter Mitwirkung von Udo Hartmann & Thomas Gerhardt, Berlin 2008, 531–69.

476

Martyrs & Archangels

Wilfong, in Lieu & Montserrat, Constantine = Wilfong, Terry: “Constantine in Coptic. Egyptian Constructions of Constantine the Great”, in Lieu, Samuel & Dominic Montserrat (eds.), Constantine. History, Historiography & Legend, London & New York 1998, 177–88. Williams, Diocletian = Williams, Stephen: Diocletian and the Roman Recovery, London 1985. Williamson, Eusebius = Williamson, Geoffrey: Eusebius: The History of the Church from Christ to Constantine, Penguin Classics, London 1965. Windberg, PRE VII.A1 = Windberg, Friedrich: “Tripolitana”, in Paulys Realencyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft, neue Bearbeitung begonnen von Georg Wissowa VII.A1: Tributum bis M. Tullius Cicero, Stuttgart 1939, 210–12. Winstedt, in PSBA 28 = Winstedt, Eric: “Some Munich Coptic fragments”, in Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archaeology 28 (1906), 137–42. Winstedt, Theodore = Winstedt, Eric: Coptic Texts on Saint Theodore the General, St. Theodore the Eastern, Chamoul and Justus, London 1910. Wintjes, in Bergjan & Elm (eds.), Antioch II = Wintjes, Jorit: “Die unbekannte Metropole – Antiochien und die römische Armee”, in Bergjan, Silke-Petra & Susanna Elm (eds.), Antioch II. The Many Faces of Antioch: Intellectual Exchange and Religious Diversity, CE 350–450, Civitatum Orbis MEditerranei Studia 3, Tübingen 2018, 75–102. Witte, Sünden = Witte, Bernd: Die Sünden der Priester und Mönche. Koptische Eschatologie des 8. Jahrhunderts nach Kodex M 602 pp. 104–154 der Pierpont Morgan Library – der sogenannten Apokalypse des Pseudo-Athanasius. 2 vols., Arbeiten zum spätantiken und koptischen Ägypten 13, Lauer 2009. Worrell, Coptic Manuscripts = Worrell, William: The Coptic Manuscripts in the Freer Collection, University of Michigan Studies – Humanistic Series X, New York & London 1923. Worrell, Proverbs = Worrell, William: The Proverbs of Solomon in Sahidic Coptic According to the Chicago Manuscript, Oriental Institute Publications 12, Chicago 1931. Zandee, in VigChr 37 = Zandee, Jan: “Vom heiligen Theodorus Anatolius. Ein doppelt überlieferter Text (Koptisches Manuscript Utrecht 5)”, in: Vigiliae Christianae 37 (1983), 288–305. Zinsmeister, Gr. Laut- & Formenlehre = Zinsmeister, Hans: Griechische Laut- & Formenlehre, Sprachwissenschaftliche Studienbücher, 1. Abteilung, Heidelberg 1990. Zoega, Catalogus = Zoega, Georg: Catalogus codicum copticorum manu scriptorum qui in Museo Borgiano Velitris adservantur, Rome 1810.

Subject index The following index covers all the chapters of the present volume. References to notes are preceded by “n.” Abbreviation

193, 316

Abnub

10

Abraham, bishop of Armant

12

Adoration

258 n.172

—, image of Gabriel

312–14

—, Michael 116 n.350, 188, 261 n.179, 277 n.237, 308, 312 n.21, 368 n.58 —, Raphael

188, 306

Agrippitos (‘birth-name’ of Diocletian) 178, 181, 182 n.46

Archelaos of Neapolis

Akhmim

Armant

181 n.42, 251 n.145

305

Archer, mounted

176–77, 182 12

Assiut

9–10, 13, 18, 98 n.239, 101 n.255, 118 n.354, n.355

Alexander, pagan magician 14–15, 20, 104 n.277, 110 n.313, 111, 314

Aswan

13, 18

Almsgiving

Aurelius Maximinus

Akhmimic influence al-Minshah

155 181 n.42, 251 n.145

314

Amnesties

181 n.45

Anastasis

366 n.50

Anastasius of Euchaita Antichrist Antinoë Antioch, archbishop of —, military saints of —, Persian sack of Aorist Apocalyptic literature Apollo (deity)

180 n.36, n.40 178, 186 9, 18 176 n.27, 177, 179, 182–84, 173 180 n.38 199–200, 324 17 21, 188

Augustus

Baptism

Belphius (soldier martyr) Blinding

307 n.13

Bohairic dialect

Apposition

114 n.336

96 n.225, 173–75, 306 186 19, 106 n.282 3, 11–12

Camp, military (campus) castrum Chain(s) Chariot

13–14, 18–19, 98 n.233 21, 314

Buneutêrion Bushim

251 n.146

21, 116 n.350, 313

Blindness, cured

Burning alive

—, Gabriel 16–17, 19, 21–23, 91 n.190, 115 n.341, 155, 188, 307–14

13, 18, 98 n.239, 106 n.289

Bearer of the Dragon-standard

310

177

15, 173

Bayt Jibrin (Eleutheropolis)

Apparition

—, deacons to

177, 185 n.57, 187, 277 n.237

Bath house, public

307

116 n.350, 188

13

Basilides cycle

Apostles

Archangel

179, 181

9, 182 n.48, 183, 256 n.164 9, 16

96 n.226, 178, 265 n.195 256 n.162

478

Martyrs & Archangels

Charity

310–11

Church, consecration of —, erection of a

311 307–08, 310–11

Clodius Culcianus

8, 16, 80 n.112

Co-emperor

183

Diocletian

20 n.79, 114 n.335, 176–84

—, edict of

7–8, 14–16, 80 n.112, n.116

—, Persian wars of

176, 182 n.47

—, rise of

176, 178, 181–83

—, Sarmatian wars of

Collars

96 n.226

Diospolis

Colophon

190, 314

Diphthongs

182 n.47 13

35, 209–10, 328–29, 424–25

Colour

196

—, red

28, 196

Divider

28

28

dynamis

185–86

—, yellow Completive

30, 80 n.116, 103 n.267

Consonants, assimilation of 323, 440 n.193 —, double

326

—, doubling

323, 422

—, of high sonority

31, 197, 322

—, [VOICE]

81 n.121, 182 n.48

Contêlian

180, 183, 249 n.137 28, 194, 196, 320–21, 420

Craftsmen

310, 313

Cross

321, 388 n.128

Dânâ/Danah

305, 307

Daniel, Book of

19

Danube

182 n.47, 184, 186–87

Deacons

13, 177, 188

Death by worms

114 n.335

Debt acknowledgement Decorative motifs Definite plural article

312 27–28, 196 199, 202, 323

Deir el-Bahri

12

Demôniakos (name of the Devil)

Difnar

Edfu

174

Eleutheropolis (Bayt Jibrin) 307 n.13, 366 n.51 Esna

13, 18

Ethiopic

3, 13–14, 19, 98 n.233–34, 102 n.258, 106 n.282, 173, 305–07

257 n.169

Constantius

Devil

28

32–33, 325, 326

Constantinople

Coronis

Diple

178, 265 n.194

177–79, 181–84, 187–88, 252 n.149, 258 n.174, 270 n.211, 271 n.215, 309, 312–14, 371 n.67 11, 277 n.237

False oaths

314

Fayyumic influences 30–32, 100 n.248, 155, 196–203, 305–06, 321–25, 330, 422–23, 437 n.182, 443 n.210 First Future

30, 87 n.161, 203, 324

Fornication

314

Fratricide

314, 389 n.139, 444 n.221

Future infix Galerius

203, 324 81 n.121, 114 n.335, 179

Gaza

307

Genitals

111 n.318–19

Germanos, governor of Tentapolis & Tripolis Goatherd Gold

176, 181 179, 183–84, 255 n.160, 314, 422

Goldsmith Great Persecution Greek

187

313–14 7, 15, 178–80, 184

194, 197, 199, 203–11, 317, 323, 325–30, 370 n.63, 423–25

— adverbials

208, 327

479

Subject Index — nouns Gregory rule Guarantor Hamuli

211, 330

Latin

33

25, 420

Lead

104 n.275

312 7–8, 30, 32, 174, 175 n.19

Handcuffs

96 n.224, n.226

Handwriting

174, 193

Hathor (month)

308

Herald

184

Herod the Great

114 n.335

Herodotus

100 n.251

Homage

258 n.172

Hymnic prayer

17

Idol

184

Image of archangel

312–14

Imperial officer, see Officer

Leontius of Tripolis

178

Leprosy

314

Levy of recruits

176, 180, 181 n.40

Library

308

Libya

177, 187 n.63, 275 n.230

Magic

14, 20, 104 n.277, 181 n.41, 251 n.143

Magician, pagan 14–15, 20–21, 109 n.305, n.308, 110 n.313–14 Maiuma

307

Mantiakos, royal bodyguard Margin

183

196, 320–21, 420–21

Mastêma (name of the Devil) 178, 258 n.174

Inflected infinitive

200, 324

Master of the imperial stable

Investiture of Gabriel, Date of

308, 311

Maximian

Irâ

305, 307

Maximianus, Marcus Aurelius Valerius 179

Ischerion (soldier martyr)

13–15, 18–19, 103 n.270

—, Martyrdom of Itacism

14 34, 208, 327–28, 424

Jacob’s ladder (Gen 28:12) Jerusalem John the Baptist

185, 263 n.184 307, 308 22 n.84, 308–09

John Chrysostom

184 n.52

Judas Iscariot

92 n.193

Julius-cycle

15

Justinian

177 n.27

Khoiakh

188 n.66, 308, 311

Kissing

258 n.172, 314

Knotted-rope design (= Flechtband) 28, 196, 320 Lactantius Ladder

114 n.335 178, 185

181

81 n.121, 177–79, 183–84

Medinet Habu

12

Memphis

80 n.119

Merchant

307, 313

Michael, archangel see Archangel Michael Military camp, see Camp, Military Minya

9

Miracle(s)

309–14

Monastery of Archangel Michael

7, 174

— of St Macarius

306

— of St Romanus

306–07, 308, 366 n.51

Mount of Olives

308

Nablus Nails

307 187–88, 275 n.233

Neapolis

307

Necklace, golden

255

Necromantics Negative Conditional Nicolaos, bishop of Neapolis

251 n.143 30 307

480

Martyrs & Archangels

Nicomedes, Son of the Persian king 175 n.17, 177, 179, 182–84, 186

Prostration

Number of archangels

Pshosh

Numerarius

308

98 n.241, 99 n.243, 100 n.245

Numerianus

180 n36, n.40, 249 n.137

Oaths, false

314

Obelus

28, 194, 320

Officer, imperial

310–11

Oil

258 n.172

Protector

183 9

Ptolemais/Psoi in Upper Egypt Pun

249 n.138, 274 n.227

Qalin

14

Qau (Antinopolis)

11

Quire numbering

—, odoriferous

311

Origen (soldier martyr)

13, 19

Orsunuphius (soldier martyr) 13–14, 18–19, 98 n.233–34, 102 n.258, 103 n.270, 104 n.276, 106 n.282 Pagan deity, idol of

21

181, 251 n.145

24, 193, 314, 316, 420

Qur’an

84 n.134

Raphael, archangel, see Archangel Recruits, levy of, see Levy Relative Aorist

30, 199–200, 324

Repairs (of manuscript)

25–26, 316

Page numbers 25, 27–28, 155, 188, 314, 316

Replacement of consonants 31–34, 197–98, 325–26, 423–24

Painted image of archangel

— of vowels

312

Paralysis

311–12

Peace

183 n.51, 186

Pentapolis/Libya

177, 187, 275 n.230

Perfect II forms

199, 323

Persea

176, 187, 249 n.138

Persians, Persia

177, 179, 180-83, 186

Peter (soldier martyr)

13–14, 18, 19 n.74, 102 n.262

Philippus, sticholêtikos

8

Phoibamon (Bifâmon), son of John

10

Phoibamon of Letopolis

11

Pitch Platform (bêma) Plutarch Poison Pork meat Potion, magical Prayer Prefect of Egypt Prisoner

33–34, 196–97, 207–10, 327–29, 424–25

Riverine journey

310

Royal bodyguard

183

Sahidic dialect

15, 104 n.277 15, 20 16, 21, 313

173–75, 196

Sassanian invasion of Egypt Satan

Serpent — with human head Seven veils Sexual intercourse Shackles

8, 250 n.142

Sharpur, king of Persia

183–84, 186

Siloam

180 n.39, 182 n.47

110 n.311, 178, 261 n.179, 274 n.224

Satanaêl (name of the Devil)

114 n.335 15, 20, 181 n.41, 251 n.143

8

Ropes

104 n.275 98 n.239

17

Romanos

178, 261 n.179

186–87, 265 n.194, n.196, 277 n.237 177–78, 185 84 n.140 253 n.152 96 n.224 179, 180 n.38 307, 308

481

Subject Index Silver

183 n.51, 184, 313–14

Snake

309, 371 n.67

Soldier martyr

11, 13–15, 173

Sorcery

181 n.41

Soterichus

8

spiritus asper

34, 206–07, 326, 424

spiritus lenis

34, 207, 326, 424

St Phoibamon, church of

10

—, cult of

9–11, 21

—, Miracula of

9, 24–25, 28 n.94, 117 n.352, n.355

Staff of archangel

310

sticholêtikos

8

Storm

313

Sulla, Cornelius

114 n.335

Sulphur

104 n.275

Supralinear stroke 27, 32, 193, 201–02, 316 Synaxar

10–14, 85 n.141, 275 n.231–32, 277 n.237

Syriac

173

Taha al-‘Amida

9

Talmud

100 n.251

Tamâ Tar

11

114 n.334

topos

9, 21–22 13–14, 19, 21, 100 n.251, 102 n.258, n.263, 105 n.279, 111 n.315, 112 n.323, n.326, 174, 176, 177, 187

—, by wheel Torturing rack

9, 10

Trajan

80 n.119

Triadon

7, 12, 155 307 n.13, 366 n.51

Theodore of Antioch Theodore the General/Stratelates

177–78, 187 n.63, 275 n.230

Trisagion

311–12

Tuna el-Gebel, see Thône Twenty-four presbyters Umerianus Urine Ventriloquists Verbal morphology Viper, horned

Vowels —, deletion — epenthesis

85 n.141 180 n.36, 249 n.137 15, 20, 104 n.277 181, 251 n.143 210–11 309, 371 n.67 16, 155–56 177–78, 184, 186

205, 207–10, 316–17, 327–29, 424–25 32, 205, 329 205–06, 327, 329

175

— lowering

208, 327

177

— raising

208, 327

Wepwawet

101 n.255

Theodore the Oriental/the Anatolean 173–277 Theodore the Recruit/Tiron

11

Tripolis/Libya

Vision of Theodore

256 n.164

112 n.320 104 n.276, 105 n.278

Touho

110 n.311 81 n.121, 176, 179

Thebes

177

Theodore, bishop of Letopolis

11

Theotokia

11

Third heaven

Tongue, cut off Torture

9 180, 185

Vision of Last days

Theatre Thekoa

Throne

104 n.275, 112 n.323

Tartaruchus Tetrarchy

Thône (= Tuna el-Gebel)

85 n.144

Windlasses

310

Witness

310, 312

Wizards

181, 251 n.143

Zachary, father of John the Baptist 308–09